User interface for capturing and managing visual media

Abstract

To provide a user interface that stops display of control for adjusting a capture duration according to determination that a low light condition is not satisfied.SOLUTION: A user interface displays control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing a medium according to a request for capturing the medium, simultaneously with representation of visual fields of one or more cameras according to determination that a low light condition is satisfied which includes a condition that is satisfied when the rays of ambient light within the visual fields of the one or more cameras fall below respective thresholds. The capture duration is a period during which different images used for creating a composite image are captured. The user interface stops display of the control for adjusting the capture duration according to determination that the low light condition is not satisfied.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 6B

Description

[Technical field]

[0001] CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application is a continuation of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62 / 844,110, filed May 6, 2019, and entitled "USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA", U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62 / 856,036, filed June 1, 2019, and entitled "USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA", U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62 / 897,968, filed September 9, 2019, and entitled "USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA", U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 16 / 583,020, filed September 25, 2019, and entitled "USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA", No. 16 / 582,595, filed on September 26, 2019 and entitled "USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA", U.S. Patent Application No. 16 / 584,044, filed on September 26, 2019 and entitled "USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA", U.S. Patent Application No. 16 / 584,100, filed on September 26, 2019 and entitled "USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA", U.S. Patent Application No. 16 / 584,693, filed on September 26, 2019 and entitled "USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA", U.S. Patent Application No. 16 / 584,693, filed on September 27, 2019 and entitled "USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA", No. 16 / 586,314, filed on September 27, 2019, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA” and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16 / 586,No. 344, Danish Patent Application No. PA201970593, filed on September 26, 2019, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA”, Danish Patent Application No. PA201970592, filed on September 26, 2019, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA”, Danish Patent Application No. PA201970595, filed on September 26, 2019, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA”, Danish Patent Application No. PA201970600, filed on September 26, 2019, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA”, This application claims priority to Danish Patent Application No. PA201970601, filed September 26, 2019, entitled "USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA", Danish Patent Application No. PA201970603, filed September 27, 2019, entitled "USER INTERFACES FOR CAPTURING AND MANAGING VISUAL MEDIA", the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

[0002] The present disclosure relates generally to computer user interfaces, and more particularly to techniques for capturing and managing visual media. [Background technology]

[0003] Users of smartphones and other personal electronic devices are increasingly capturing, storing, and editing media to keep memories safe and share with friends. Some existing technologies allow users to capture images or videos. Users can manage such media, for example, by capturing, storing, and editing the media. Summary of the Invention

[0004] However, some techniques for capturing and managing media using electronic devices are generally cumbersome and inefficient. For example, some existing techniques use complex and time-consuming user interfaces that may involve multiple key presses or strokes. Existing techniques take more time than necessary, wasting the user's time and the device's energy. The latter problem is particularly acute in battery-operated devices.

[0005] Thus, the present technology provides electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for capturing and managing media. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace other methods for capturing and managing media. Such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden on users and create a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and extend the time between battery charges.

[0006] In some examples, the techniques allow users to edit captured media in a time- and input-efficient manner, thereby reducing the amount of processing the device needs to do. In some examples, the techniques manage frame rates, thereby conserving storage space and reducing processing requirements.

[0007] According to some embodiments, a method is described. The method is executed in an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras. The method includes: displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display region including a representation of a field of view of one or more cameras and a camera control region including a plurality of control affordances; displaying the camera user interface while a first predefined condition and a second predefined condition are not met, without displaying a first control affordance associated with the first predefined condition and without displaying a second control affordance associated with the second predefined condition; detecting a change in the condition while displaying the camera user interface without displaying the first control affordance and without displaying the second control affordance; and in response to detecting the change in the condition, displaying the first control affordance in accordance with a determination that the first predefined condition is met and displaying the second control affordance in accordance with a determination that the second predefined condition is met.

[0008] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display region including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a camera control region including a plurality of control affordances, displaying the camera user interface without displaying a first control affordance associated with the first predefined condition and without displaying a second control affordance associated with the second predefined condition while a first predefined condition and a second predefined condition are not met, detecting a change in the condition while displaying the camera user interface without displaying the first control affordance and without displaying the second control affordance, and in response to detecting the change in the condition, displaying the first control affordance in accordance with a determination that the first predefined condition is met and displaying the second control affordance in accordance with a determination that the second predefined condition is met.

[0009] According to some embodiments, a temporary computer-readable storage medium is described. The temporary computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface, the camera user interface including a camera display region including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a camera control region including a plurality of control affordances, displaying the camera user interface without displaying a first control affordance associated with the first predefined condition and without displaying a second control affordance associated with the second predefined condition while a first predefined condition and a second predefined condition are not met, detecting a change in the condition while displaying the camera user interface without displaying the first control affordance and without displaying the second control affordance, and in response to detecting the change in the condition, displaying the first control affordance in accordance with a determination that the first predefined condition is met and displaying the second control affordance in accordance with a determination that the second predefined condition is met.

[0010] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described comprising: a display device, one or more cameras, one or more processors, and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface, the camera user interface including a camera display region including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a camera control region including a plurality of control affordances, displaying the camera user interface without displaying a first control affordance associated with the first predefined condition and without displaying a second control affordance associated with the second predefined condition while a first predefined condition and a second predefined condition are not met, detecting a change in the condition while displaying the camera user interface without displaying the first control affordance and without displaying the second control affordance, and in response to detecting the change in the condition, displaying the first control affordance in accordance with a determination that the first predefined condition is met, and displaying the second control affordance in accordance with a determination that the second predefined condition is met.

[0011] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, and means for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display region including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a camera control region including a plurality of control affordances, means for displaying the camera user interface without displaying a first control affordance associated with the first predefined condition and without displaying a second control affordance associated with the second predefined condition while a first predefined condition and a second predefined condition are not met, means for detecting a change of condition while displaying the camera user interface without displaying the first control affordance and without displaying the second control affordance, and in response to detecting the change of condition, displaying the first control affordance in accordance with a determination that the first predefined condition is met and displaying the second control affordance in accordance with a determination that the second predefined condition is met.

[0012] According to some embodiments, a method is described. The method is executed in an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras. The method includes: displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display region including a representation of a field of view of one or more cameras and a camera control region including a plurality of camera mode affordances at a first position; detecting a first gesture on the camera user interface while displaying the camera user interface; and modifying an appearance of the camera control region in response to detecting the first gesture, the camera control region including: displaying one or more additional camera mode affordances at the first position according to a determination that the first gesture is a gesture of a first type; and ceasing to display the plurality of camera mode affordances and displaying a plurality of camera settings affordances at the first position according to a determination that the first gesture is a gesture of a second type different from the first type, the camera settings affordances being settings for adjusting image capture of a currently selected camera mode.

[0013] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a camera control area including a plurality of camera mode affordances at a first position, and detecting a first gesture on the camera user interface while displaying the camera user interface, and modifying an appearance of the camera control area in response to detecting the first gesture, wherein modifying the appearance of the camera control area includes: displaying one or more additional camera mode affordances at the first position in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a first type of gesture; and ceasing to display the plurality of camera mode affordances and displaying a plurality of camera settings affordances at the first position in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a second type of gesture different from the first type, the camera settings affordances being settings for adjusting image capture for a currently selected camera mode.

[0014] According to some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. A temporary computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a camera control area including a plurality of camera mode affordances at a first position, and detecting a first gesture on the camera user interface while displaying the camera user interface, and modifying an appearance of the camera control area in response to detecting the first gesture, wherein modifying the appearance of the camera control area includes: displaying one or more additional camera mode affordances at the first position in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a first type of gesture; and ceasing to display the plurality of camera mode affordances and displaying a plurality of camera settings affordances at the first position in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a second type of gesture different from the first type, the camera settings affordances being settings for adjusting image capture of a currently selected camera mode.

[0015] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises a display device, one or more cameras, one or more processors, and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a camera control area including a plurality of camera mode affordances at a first position, and instructions for detecting a first gesture on the camera user interface while displaying the camera user interface and modifying an appearance of the camera control area in response to detecting the first gesture, wherein modifying the appearance of the camera control area includes: displaying one or more additional camera mode affordances at the first position in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a first type of gesture; and ceasing to display the plurality of camera mode affordances in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a second type of gesture different from the first type and displaying a plurality of camera settings affordances at the first position, the camera settings affordances being settings for adjusting image capture for a currently selected camera mode.

[0016] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, and means for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display region including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a camera control region including a plurality of camera mode affordances at a first location, means for detecting a first gesture on the camera user interface while displaying the camera user interface, and means for modifying an appearance of the camera control region in response to detecting the first gesture, the means for modifying an appearance of the camera control region including: displaying one or more additional camera mode affordances at the first location according to a determination that the first gesture is a gesture of a first type, and ceasing to display the plurality of camera mode affordances and displaying a plurality of camera settings affordances at the first location according to a determination that the first gesture is a gesture of a second type different from the first type, the camera settings affordances being settings for adjusting image capture for a currently selected camera mode.

[0017] According to some embodiments, a method is described that is executed on an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, the method including: receiving a request to display a camera user interface; in response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface and following a determination that a respective criterion is not met, displaying, via the display device, the camera user interface including a first region including a representation of a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a second region including a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras being visually distinct from the first portion; and receiving a request to capture media with the one or more cameras while the camera user interface is being displayed. and in response to detecting an input corresponding to a request to capture media with the one or more cameras, capturing a media item with the one or more cameras, the media item including visual content corresponding to a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and visual content corresponding to a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; and after capturing the media item, receiving a request to display the media item, and in response to receiving the request to display the media item, displaying the first representation of the visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras without displaying a representation of at least a portion of the visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras.

[0018] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium is described, the non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs receiving a request to display a camera user interface, and displaying, via the display device, the camera user interface in response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface and following a determination that a respective criterion is not met, the camera user interface including a first region including a representation of a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a second region including a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras being visually distinct from the first portion, the camera user interface being configured to display, via the display device, a camera user interface including a first region including a representation of a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a second region including a representation of a second portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras, the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras being visually distinct from the first portion, The method includes instructions for displaying a media item comprising: detecting an input corresponding to a request to capture media with one or more cameras while the interface is displayed; in response to detecting the input corresponding to the request to capture media with the one or more cameras, capturing a media item with the one or more cameras, the media item including visual content corresponding to a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and visual content corresponding to a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; receiving a request to display the media item after capturing the media item; and in response to receiving the request to display the media item, displaying a first representation of the visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras without displaying a representation of at least a portion of the visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras.

[0019] According to some embodiments, a temporary computer readable storage medium is described, the temporary computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs receiving a request to display a camera user interface, and displaying, via the display device, the camera user interface in response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface and following a determination that a respective criterion is not met, the camera user interface including a first region including a representation of a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a second region including a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras being visually distinct from the first portion, the camera user interface being configured to display, via the display device, a camera user interface including a first region including a representation of a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a second region including a representation of a second portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras, the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras being visually distinct from the first portion, The method includes instructions for displaying a media item comprising: detecting an input corresponding to a request to capture media with one or more cameras while the interface is displayed; in response to detecting the input corresponding to the request to capture media with the one or more cameras, capturing a media item with the one or more cameras, the media item including visual content corresponding to a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and visual content corresponding to a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; receiving a request to display the media item after capturing the media item; and in response to receiving the request to display the media item, displaying a first representation of the visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras without displaying a representation of at least a portion of the visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras.

[0020] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, one or more processors, and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs receiving a request to display a camera user interface, and in response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface and following a determination that a respective criterion is not met, displaying, via the display device, the camera user interface including a first region including a representation of a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a second region including a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras being visually distinct from the first portion, The method includes instructions for detecting an input corresponding to a request to capture media with one or more cameras while the interface is displayed, capturing a media item with the one or more cameras, the media item including visual content corresponding to a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and visual content corresponding to a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, in response to detecting the input corresponding to the request to capture media with the one or more cameras, receiving a request to display the media item after capturing the media item, and in response to receiving the request to display the media item, displaying a first representation of the visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras without displaying a representation of at least a portion of the visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras.

[0021] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, means for receiving a request to display a camera user interface, and means for displaying, in response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface and following a determination that a respective criterion is not met, via the display device, the camera user interface including a first region including a representation of a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a second region including a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras being visually distinct from the first portion, and means for displaying a media image with the one or more cameras while the camera user interface is being displayed. means for detecting an input corresponding to a request to capture media with the one or more cameras; means for capturing a media item with the one or more cameras in response to detecting the input corresponding to the request to capture media with the one or more cameras, the media item including visual content corresponding to a first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras and visual content corresponding to a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; means for receiving a request to display the media item after capturing the media item; and means for displaying a first representation of the visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras without displaying a representation of at least a portion of the visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in response to receiving the request to display the media item.

[0022] According to some embodiments, a method is described that is executed in an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras. The method includes displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display region including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, detecting a request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the camera user interface, capturing media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras in response to detecting the request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras, displaying the representation of the captured media, detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for a predetermined period while displaying the representation of the captured media, and ceasing to display at least a first portion of the representation of the captured media while maintaining the display of the camera user interface in response to detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for the predetermined period.

[0023] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium is described that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, detecting a request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the camera user interface, capturing media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras in response to detecting the request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras and displaying the representation of the captured media, detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for a predetermined period while displaying the representation of the captured media, and ceasing to display at least a first portion of the representation of the captured media while maintaining the display of the camera user interface in response to detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for a predetermined period.

[0024] According to some embodiments, a temporary computer-readable storage medium is described that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, detecting a request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the camera user interface, capturing media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras in response to detecting the request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras and displaying the representation of the captured media, detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for a predetermined period while displaying the representation of the captured media, and ceasing to display at least a first portion of the representation of the captured media while maintaining the display of the camera user interface in response to detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for a predetermined period.

[0025] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, one or more processors, and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, detecting a request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the camera user interface, capturing media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras in response to detecting the request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras and displaying the representation of the captured media, detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for a predetermined period while displaying the representation of the captured media, and ceasing to display at least a first portion of the representation of the captured media while maintaining the display of the camera user interface in response to detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for a predetermined period.

[0026] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, and means for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, means for detecting a request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the camera user interface, means for capturing media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras and displaying the representation of the captured media in response to detecting the request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras, means for detecting while displaying the representation of the captured media that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for a predetermined period of time, and means for ceasing to display at least a first portion of the representation of the captured media while maintaining the display of the camera user interface in response to detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for the predetermined period of time.

[0027] According to some embodiments, a method is described that is performed in an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras. The method includes displaying, via a display device, a camera user interface, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; detecting a first input including a first contact at a respective location on the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras while the electronic device is configured to capture media in a first aspect ratio in response to receiving a request to capture media; and configuring the electronic device to capture media in a second aspect ratio different from the first aspect ratio in response to detecting the first input according to a determination that a set of aspect ratio change criteria is satisfied in response to the request to capture media, the set of aspect ratio change criteria including criteria that are satisfied when the first input includes maintaining the first contact at a first position corresponding to a predetermined portion of the camera display area indicative of at least a portion of a boundary of media to be captured in response to the request to capture media for at least a threshold amount of time, and subsequently detecting movement of the first contact to a second position different from the first position.

[0028] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium is described that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, and in response to receiving a request to capture media, while the electronic device is configured to capture media in a first aspect ratio, detecting a first input including a first contact at a respective location on the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, and detecting the first input, the first input including a first contact at a respective location on the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, The instructions include: in response to detecting the force, in accordance with a determination that a set of aspect ratio change criteria is satisfied, configure the electronic device to capture media in response to a request to capture media in a second aspect ratio different from the first aspect ratio, the set of aspect ratio change criteria including criteria that are satisfied when a first input includes maintaining a first contact at a first position corresponding to a predetermined portion of a camera display area indicative of at least a portion of a boundary of media to be captured in response to the request to capture media for at least a threshold amount of time, followed by detecting movement of the first contact to a second position different from the first position.

[0029] According to some embodiments, a temporary computer-readable storage medium is described that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, and in response to receiving a request to capture media, while the electronic device is configured to capture media in a first aspect ratio, detecting a first input including a first contact at a respective location on the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, and detecting the first input, the first input including a first contact at a respective location on the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, In response to detecting the aspect ratio change criteria, in accordance with a determination that a set of aspect ratio change criteria is satisfied, configure the electronic device to capture media in a second aspect ratio different from the first aspect ratio in response to the request to capture media, the set of aspect ratio change criteria including criteria that are satisfied when the first input includes maintaining the first contact at a first position corresponding to a predetermined portion of a camera display area indicative of at least a portion of a boundary of media to be captured in response to the request to capture media for at least a threshold amount of time, and subsequently detecting movement of the first contact to a second position different from the first position.

[0030] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, one or more processors, and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, and, in response to receiving a request to capture media, while the electronic device is configured to capture media in a first aspect ratio, detecting a first input including a first contact at a respective location on the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, and detecting a first input including a first contact at a respective location on the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, while the electronic device is configured to capture media in a first aspect ratio. and in response to detecting an input, in accordance with a determination that a set of aspect ratio change criteria are satisfied, configure the electronic device to capture media in a second aspect ratio different from the first aspect ratio in response to a request to capture media, the set of aspect ratio change criteria including criteria that are satisfied when the first input includes maintaining a first contact at a first position corresponding to a predetermined portion of a camera display area indicative of at least a portion of a boundary of media to be captured in response to the request to capture media for at least a threshold amount of time, and subsequently detecting movement of the first contact to a second position different from the first position.

[0031] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises a display device, one or more cameras, and means for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; means for detecting a first input including a first contact at a respective location on the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras while the electronic device is configured to capture media in a first aspect ratio in response to receiving a request to capture media; and means for configuring the electronic device in response to detecting the first input and according to a determination that a set of aspect ratio change criteria is satisfied, to capture media in a second aspect ratio different from the first aspect ratio in response to the request to capture media, the set of aspect ratio change criteria including criteria that are satisfied when the first input includes maintaining the first contact at a first position corresponding to a predetermined portion of the camera display area indicative of at least a portion of a boundary of media to be captured in response to the request to capture media for at least a threshold amount of time, and subsequently detecting movement of the first contact to a second position different from the first position.

[0032] According to some embodiments, a method is described that is executed in an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras. The method includes displaying, via the display device while the electronic device is in a first orientation, a first camera user interface that captures media in a first camera orientation at a first zoom level, detecting a change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to a second orientation, and, in response to detecting the change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to the second orientation, automatically without intervening user input and in accordance with a determination that a set of auto-zoom criteria is satisfied, displaying a second camera user interface that captures media in a second camera orientation at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level.

[0033] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device including a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device while the electronic device is in a first orientation, a first camera user interface that captures media in a first camera orientation at a first zoom level, detecting a change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to a second orientation, and, in response to detecting the change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to the second orientation, automatically without intervening user input and in accordance with a determination that a set of auto-zoom criteria is satisfied, displaying a second camera user interface that captures media in a second camera orientation at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level.

[0034] According to some embodiments, a temporary computer-readable storage medium is described that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device while the electronic device is in a first orientation, a first camera user interface that captures media in a first camera orientation at a first zoom level, detecting a change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to a second orientation, and, in response to detecting the change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to the second orientation, automatically without intervening user input and in accordance with a determination that a set of auto-zoom criteria is satisfied, displaying a second camera user interface that captures media in a second camera orientation at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level.

[0035] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, one or more processors, and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions to display, via the display device while the electronic device is in a first orientation, a first camera user interface that captures media in a first camera orientation at a first zoom level, detect a change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to a second orientation, and in response to detecting the change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to the second orientation, automatically without intervening user input, display a second camera user interface that captures media in a second camera orientation at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level in accordance with determining that a set of auto-zoom criteria is satisfied.

[0036] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, means for displaying, via the display device while the electronic device is in a first orientation, a first camera user interface that captures media in a first camera orientation at a first zoom level, means for detecting a change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to a second orientation, and means for displaying, in response to detecting a change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to the second orientation, automatically without intervening user input, a second camera user interface that captures media in a second camera orientation at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level in accordance with a determination that a set of auto-zoom criteria is satisfied.

[0037] According to some embodiments, a method is described. The method is executed in an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras. The method includes displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including displaying a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, detecting, via the one or more cameras while displaying the media capture user interface, a change in the field of view of the one or more cameras, in response to detecting the change in the field of view of the one or more cameras and in accordance with a determination that the variable frame rate criterion is satisfied, updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a first frame rate in accordance with a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies the movement criterion, and updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a second frame rate lower than the first frame rate in accordance with a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras does not satisfy the movement criterion.

[0038] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium is described, the non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including displaying a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, detecting, while displaying the media capture user interface, via the one or more cameras, a change in the field of view of the one or more cameras, in response to detecting the change in the field of view of the one or more cameras and in accordance with a determination that the variable frame rate criterion is satisfied, in accordance with a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies the movement criterion, updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a first frame rate, in accordance with a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras does not satisfy the movement criterion, and updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a second frame rate lower than the first frame rate.

[0039] According to some embodiments, a temporary computer-readable storage medium is described, the temporary computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including displaying a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, detecting, while displaying the media capture user interface, via the one or more cameras, a change in the field of view of the one or more cameras, in response to detecting the change in the field of view of the one or more cameras and in accordance with a determination that the variable frame rate criterion is met, in accordance with a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies the movement criterion, updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a first frame rate, in accordance with a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras does not satisfy the movement criterion, and updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a second frame rate lower than the first frame rate.

[0040] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, one or more processors, and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including displaying a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, detecting, while displaying the media capture user interface, via the one or more cameras, a change in the field of view of the one or more cameras, in response to detecting the change in the field of view of the one or more cameras and in accordance with a determination that a variable frame rate criterion is satisfied, in accordance with a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies a movement criterion, updating the representation of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a first frame rate, and in accordance with a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras does not satisfy the movement criterion, updating the representation of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a second frame rate that is lower than the first frame rate.

[0041] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, and means for displaying a media capture user interface via the display device, the media capture user interface including displaying a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, means for detecting a change in the field of view of the one or more cameras via the one or more cameras while displaying the media capture user interface, and means for updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a first frame rate in response to detecting the change in the field of view of the one or more cameras and in accordance with a determination that the variable frame rate criterion is satisfied and in accordance with a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies the movement criterion, and updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a second frame rate lower than the first frame rate in accordance with a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras does not satisfy the movement criterion.

[0042] According to some embodiments, a method is described. The method is executed in an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras. The method includes receiving a request to display a camera user interface, and in response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface, displaying the camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including displaying a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras via the display device, displaying a control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media in response to the request to capture media simultaneously with the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras in accordance with a determination that a low light condition is met, including a condition that is met when ambient light in the field of view of the one or more cameras falls below a respective threshold, and ceasing to display the control for adjusting the capture duration in accordance with a determination that the low light condition is not met.

[0043] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device including a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for receiving a request to display a camera user interface, and displaying the camera user interface via the display device in response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface, where displaying the camera user interface includes displaying a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras via the display device, displaying a control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media in response to the request to capture media concurrently with the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras in accordance with a determination that a low light condition is met, including a condition that is met when ambient light in the field of view of the one or more cameras falls below a respective threshold, and ceasing to display the control for adjusting the capture duration in accordance with a determination that the low light condition is not met.

[0044] According to some embodiments, a temporary computer-readable storage medium is described that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device that includes a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for receiving a request to display a camera user interface, and displaying the camera user interface via the display device in response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface, where displaying the camera user interface includes displaying a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras via the display device, displaying a control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media in response to the request to capture media concurrently with the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras in accordance with a determination that a low light condition is met, including a condition that is met when ambient light in the field of view of the one or more cameras falls below a respective threshold, and ceasing to display the control for adjusting the capture duration in accordance with a determination that the low light condition is not met.

[0045] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, one or more processors, and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for receiving a request to display a camera user interface, and displaying the camera user interface via the display device in response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface, where displaying the camera user interface includes displaying a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras via the display device, displaying a control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media in response to the request to capture media concurrently with the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras in accordance with a determination that a low light condition is met, the control including a condition that is met when ambient light in the field of view of the one or more cameras falls below a respective threshold, and ceasing to display the control for adjusting the capture duration in response to a determination that the low light condition is not met.

[0046] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, means for receiving a request to display a camera user interface, and means for displaying the camera user interface via the display device in response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface, the means including: displaying via the display device a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; displaying, in accordance with a determination that a low light condition is met, including a condition that is met when ambient light in the field of view of the one or more cameras falls below a respective threshold, simultaneously with the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, a control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media in response to the request to capture media; and ceasing to display the control for adjusting the capture duration in accordance with a determination that the low light condition is not met.

[0047] According to some embodiments, a method is described. The method is executed in an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras. The method includes: displaying a camera user interface via the display device; detecting an amount of light in a field of view of one or more cameras via one or more sensors of the electronic device while displaying the camera user interface; in response to detecting the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras, pursuant to a determination that the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies a low-light environment criterion, the criterion being met when the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras is below a predetermined threshold, simultaneously displaying, within the camera user interface, a flash status indicator indicating a status of a flash operation and a low-light capture status indicator indicating a status of a low-light capture mode; and in accordance with a determination that the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras does not satisfy the low-light environment criterion, ceasing to display the low-light capture status indicator within the camera user interface.

[0048] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device including a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, detecting an amount of light in a field of view of one or more cameras via one or more sensors of the electronic device while displaying the camera user interface, and in response to detecting the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfying a low-light environment criterion including a criterion that is satisfied when the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras is below a predetermined threshold, simultaneously displaying a flash status indicator indicative of a status of a flash operation and a low-light capture status indicator indicative of a status of a low-light capture mode in the camera user interface, and in response to determining that the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras does not satisfy the low-light environment criterion, ceasing to display the low-light capture status indicator in the camera user interface.

[0049] According to some embodiments, a temporary computer-readable storage medium is described. The temporary computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device including a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, detecting an amount of light in a field of view of one or more cameras via one or more sensors of the electronic device while displaying the camera user interface, and in response to detecting the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfying a low-light environment criterion, the criterion being met when the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras is below a predetermined threshold, simultaneously displaying, in the camera user interface, a flash status indicator indicating a status of a flash operation and a low-light capture status indicator indicating a status of a low-light capture mode, and in response to determining that the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras does not satisfy the low-light environment criterion, ceasing to display the low-light capture status indicator in the camera user interface.

[0050] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, one or more processors, and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, detecting an amount of light in a field of view of the one or more cameras via one or more sensors of the electronic device while displaying the camera user interface, and in response to detecting the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfying a low-light environment criterion, the criterion being met when the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras is below a predetermined threshold, simultaneously displaying, in the camera user interface, a flash status indicator indicating a status of a flash operation and a low-light capture status indicator indicating a status of a low-light capture mode, and in response to determining that the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras does not satisfy the low-light environment criterion, ceasing to display the low-light capture status indicator in the camera user interface.

[0051] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, means for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, means for detecting an amount of light in a field of view of the one or more cameras via one or more sensors of the electronic device while displaying the camera user interface, and means for simultaneously displaying, in response to detecting the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras, a flash status indicator indicating a status of a flash operation and a low light capture status indicator indicating a status of a low light capture mode in the camera user interface pursuant to a determination that the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies a low light environment criterion, the criterion being met when the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras is below a predetermined threshold, and ceasing to display the low light capture status indicator in the camera user interface pursuant to a determination that the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras does not satisfy the low light environment criterion.

[0052] According to some embodiments, a method is described, the method being executed on an electronic device having a display device. The method includes displaying, on the display device, a media editing user interface including a representation of a visual media, a first affordance corresponding to a first editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media, and a second affordance corresponding to a second editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media; detecting, while displaying the media editing user interface, a first user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance; in response to detecting the first user input corresponding to the selection of the first affordance, displaying, on the display device, an adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter at a respective location within the media editing user interface; and, while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter and while the first editable parameter is selected, displaying an adjustable control directed at the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter. detecting a first gesture directed at an adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter while the first editable parameter is selected, adjusting a current value of the first editable parameter in accordance with the first gesture; detecting a second user input corresponding to a selection of a second affordance while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter on the display device, and displaying an adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter at a respective location within the media editing user interface in response to detecting the second user input corresponding to the selection of the second affordance; detecting a second gesture directed at the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter and while the second editable parameter is selected,In response to detecting a second gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the second editable parameter, adjusting a current value of the second editable parameter in accordance with the second gesture.

[0053] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device, the one or more programs displaying, on the display device, a media editing user interface including a representation of a visual media, a first affordance corresponding to a first editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media, and a second affordance corresponding to a second editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media, detecting, while displaying the media editing user interface, a first user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance, and in response to detecting the first user input corresponding to the selection of the first affordance, displaying, on the display device, adjustable controls for adjusting the first editable parameter at respective positions within the media editing user interface, and while displaying the adjustable controls for adjusting the first editable parameter and while the first editable parameter is selected, Detecting a first gesture directed at an adjustable control that adjusts the first editable parameter, and in response to detecting the first gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the first editable parameter while the first editable parameter is selected, adjusting a current value of the first editable parameter in accordance with the first gesture; detecting a second user input corresponding to a selection of a second affordance while displaying the adjustable control that adjusts the first editable parameter on the display device; and in response to detecting the second user input corresponding to the selection of the second affordance, displaying an adjustable control that adjusts the second editable parameter at a respective location within the media editing user interface; detecting a second gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the second editable parameter while displaying the adjustable control that adjusts the second editable parameter and while the second editable parameter is selected, andIn response to detecting a second gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the second editable parameter, adjusting a current value of the second editable parameter in accordance with the second gesture.

[0054] According to some embodiments, a temporary computer-readable storage medium is described that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device, the one or more programs displaying, on the display device, a media editing user interface including a representation of a visual media, a first affordance corresponding to a first editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media, and a second affordance corresponding to a second editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media, detecting, while displaying the media editing user interface, a first user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance, and in response to detecting the first user input corresponding to the selection of the first affordance, displaying, on the display device, adjustable controls for adjusting the first editable parameter at respective positions within the media editing user interface, and displaying, while displaying the adjustable controls for adjusting the first editable parameter and while the first editable parameter is selected, an adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter. Detecting a first gesture directed at an adjustable control that adjusts one of the editable parameters, and in response to detecting the first gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the first editable parameter while the first editable parameter is selected, adjusting a current value of the first editable parameter in accordance with the first gesture; detecting a second user input corresponding to a selection of a second affordance while displaying the adjustable control that adjusts the first editable parameter on the display device, and in response to detecting the second user input corresponding to the selection of the second affordance, displaying an adjustable control that adjusts the second editable parameter at a respective location within the media editing user interface; detecting a second gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the second editable parameter while displaying the adjustable control that adjusts the second editable parameter and while the second editable parameter is selected, andIn response to detecting a second gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the second editable parameter, adjusting a current value of the second editable parameter in accordance with the second gesture.

[0055] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes: displaying, on a display device, a media editing user interface including a representation of a visual media, a first affordance corresponding to a first editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media, and a second affordance corresponding to a second editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media; detecting, while displaying the media editing user interface, a first user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance; in response to detecting the first user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance, displaying, on the display device, an adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter at a respective location within the media editing user interface; detecting, while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter and while the first editable parameter is selected, a first gesture directed toward the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter; and detecting, while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter, a first gesture directed toward the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter. and in response to detecting a first gesture directed toward an adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter while the first editable parameter is selected, adjusting a current value of the first editable parameter in accordance with the first gesture; detecting a second user input corresponding to a selection of a second affordance while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter on the display device; and in response to detecting the second user input corresponding to the selection of the second affordance, displaying an adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter at a respective location within the media editing user interface; detecting a second gesture directed toward the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter and while the second editable parameter is selected; and in response to detecting the second gesture directed toward the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter while the second editable parameter is selected,and adjusting a current value of the second editable parameter in accordance with the second gesture.

[0056] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, and means for displaying on the display device a media editing user interface, the media editing user interface including a representation of a visual media, a first affordance corresponding to a first editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media, and a second affordance corresponding to a second editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media, means for detecting a first user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance while displaying the media editing user interface, and means for displaying, on the display device, adjustable controls for adjusting the first editable parameter at respective locations within the media editing user interface in response to detecting the first user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance, and means for detecting a first gesture directed toward the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter while displaying the adjustable controls for adjusting the first editable parameter and while the first editable parameter is selected, and means for detecting a first gesture directed toward the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter while displaying the adjustable controls for adjusting the first editable parameter. means for adjusting a current value of the first editable parameter in accordance with the first gesture in response to detecting a first gesture directed at an adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter while the editable parameter of the first editable parameter is selected; means for detecting a second user input corresponding to a selection of a second affordance while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter on the display device; means for displaying an adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter at a respective location within the media editing user interface in response to detecting the second user input corresponding to a selection of the second affordance; means for detecting a second gesture directed at the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter and while the second editable parameter is selected;and means for adjusting the current value of the second editable parameter in accordance with the second gesture.

[0057] According to some embodiments, a method is described. The method is executed on an electronic device having a display device. The method includes displaying, on the display device, a first user interface including simultaneously displaying a first representation of a first visual media and an adjustable control including an indication of a current adjustment to a perspective distortion of the first visual media, detecting, while displaying the first user interface on the display device, a user input including a gesture directed at the adjustable control, and, in response to detecting the user input including the gesture directed at the adjustable control, displaying, on the display device, a second representation of the first visual media with a respective adjustment to the perspective distortion selected based on a magnitude of the gesture.

[0058] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device including a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, on the display device, a first user interface, simultaneously displaying a first representation of the first visual media and an adjustable control including an indication of a current amount of adjustment to a perspective distortion of the first visual media, detecting, on the display device, a user input including a gesture directed at the adjustable control while displaying the first user interface, and, in response to detecting the user input including the gesture directed at the adjustable control, displaying, on the display device, a second representation of the first visual media with a respective amount of adjustment to the perspective distortion selected based on a magnitude of the gesture.

[0059] According to some embodiments, a temporary computer-readable storage medium is described that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, on the display device, a first user interface, simultaneously displaying a first representation of the first visual media and an adjustable control including an indication of a current adjustment to a perspective distortion of the first visual media, detecting, on the display device, a user input including a gesture directed at the adjustable control while displaying the first user interface, and, in response to detecting the user input including the gesture directed at the adjustable control, displaying, on the display device, a second representation of the first visual media with a respective adjustment to the perspective distortion selected based on a magnitude of the gesture.

[0060] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more processors, and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display device, a first user interface, simultaneously displaying a first representation of a first visual media and an adjustable control including an indication of a current adjustment to a perspective distortion of the first visual media, detecting, on the display device, a user input including a gesture directed at the adjustable control while displaying the first user interface, and, in response to detecting the user input including the gesture directed at the adjustable control, displaying, on the display device, a second representation of the first visual media with a respective adjustment to the perspective distortion selected based on a magnitude of the gesture.

[0061] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, means for displaying on the display device a first user interface including simultaneously displaying a first representation of a first visual media and an adjustable control including an indication of a current adjustment to a perspective distortion of the first visual media, means for detecting, while displaying the first user interface on the display device, user input including a gesture directed at the adjustable control, and means for displaying, in response to detecting the user input including the gesture directed at the adjustable control, a second representation of the first visual media on the display device with a respective adjustment to the perspective distortion selected based on a magnitude of the gesture.

[0062] According to some embodiments, a method is described. The method is executed in an electronic device having a display device. The method includes displaying a media capture user interface via the display device, the media capture user interface including displaying a representation of a field of view of one or more cameras, and displaying a control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media while a low light camera mode is active, the control including displaying an indication that the control is set to a first capture duration in accordance with a determination that a first set of capture duration criteria is met, configuring the electronic device to capture a first plurality of images for the first capture duration in response to a single request to capture images corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras, displaying an indication that the control is set to a second capture duration longer than the first capture duration in accordance with a determination that a second set of capture duration criteria different from the first set of capture duration criteria is met, and configuring the electronic device to capture a second plurality of images for the second capture duration in response to a single request to capture images corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras.

[0063] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying a media capture user interface via the display device including displaying a representation of a field of view of one or more cameras, and displaying a control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media while a low light camera mode is active, wherein displaying the control includes: displaying an indication that the control is set to a first capture duration in accordance with a determination that a first set of capture duration criteria is met; configuring the electronic device to capture a first plurality of images for the first capture duration in response to a single request to capture images corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras; displaying an indication that the control is set to a second capture duration longer than the first capture duration in accordance with a determination that a second set of capture duration criteria is met, the second capture duration being different from the first set of capture duration criteria; and configuring the electronic device to capture a second plurality of images for the second capture duration in response to a single request to capture images corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras.

[0064] According to some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying a media capture user interface via the display device including displaying a representation of a field of view of one or more cameras, and displaying a control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media while a low light camera mode is active, wherein displaying the control includes: displaying an indication that the control is set to a first capture duration in accordance with a determination that a first set of capture duration criteria is met; configuring the electronic device to capture a first plurality of images for the first capture duration in response to a single request to capture images corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras; displaying an indication that the control is set to a second capture duration longer than the first capture duration in accordance with a determination that a second set of capture duration criteria is met, the second capture duration being different from the first set of capture duration criteria; and configuring the electronic device to capture a second plurality of images for the second capture duration in response to a single request to capture images corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras.

[0065] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes one or more processors and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying a media capture user interface via a display device that includes displaying a representation of a field of view of one or more cameras and displaying a control to adjust a capture duration for capturing media while a low light camera mode is active, the displaying the control including displaying an indication that the control is set to a first capture duration in accordance with a determination that a first set of capture duration criteria is met, configuring the electronic device to capture a first plurality of images for the first capture duration in response to a single request to capture images corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras, displaying an indication that the control is set to a second capture duration that is longer than the first capture duration in response to a determination that a second set of capture duration criteria is met, different from the first set of capture duration criteria, and configuring the electronic device to capture a second plurality of images for the second capture duration in response to a single request to capture images corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras.

[0066] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, and means for displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface, the media capture user interface including displaying a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, and means for displaying a control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media while a low light camera mode is active, the control including displaying an indication that the control is set to a first capture duration in accordance with a determination that a first set of capture duration criteria is met, configuring the electronic device to capture a first plurality of images for the first capture duration in response to a single request to capture images corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras, and displaying an indication that the control is set to a second capture duration longer than the first capture duration in accordance with a determination that a second set of capture duration criteria different from the first set of capture duration criteria is met, and configuring the electronic device to capture a second plurality of images for the second capture duration in response to a single request to capture images corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras.

[0067] According to some embodiments, a method is described that is executed in an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras. The method includes displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, receiving, while displaying, via the display device, a request to capture media, in response to receiving the request to capture media, initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras, and displaying, via the one or more cameras, a visual indication of a difference between a pose of the electronic device when capture of media was initiated and a pose of the electronic device at a first time after initiating capture of media in accordance with a determination that a set of guidance criteria is satisfied at a first time after initiating capture of media, the set of guidance criteria including criteria satisfied when a low light mode is active.

[0068] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including a representation of a field of view of one or more cameras, receiving, while displaying, via the display device, a request to capture media, in response to receiving the request to capture media, initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras, and displaying, via the display device, a visual indication of a difference between a pose of the electronic device when capture of media was initiated and a pose of the electronic device at a first time after initiating capture of media in accordance with a determination that a set of guidance criteria is satisfied, the set of guidance criteria including criteria satisfied when a low light mode is active, at a first time after initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras.

[0069] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including a representation of a field of view of one or more cameras, receiving, while displaying, via the display device, a request to capture media, in response to receiving the request to capture media, initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras, and displaying, via the display device, a visual indication of a difference between a pose of the electronic device when capture of media was initiated and a pose of the electronic device at a first time after initiating capture of media in accordance with a determination that a set of guidance criteria are satisfied, the set of guidance criteria including criteria satisfied when a low light mode is active, at a first time after initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras.

[0070] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more processors, and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including a representation of a field of view of one or more cameras; receiving, while displaying, via the display device, a request to capture media; in response to receiving the request to capture media, initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras; and, in accordance with a determination that a set of guidance criteria is satisfied at a first time after initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras, the set of guidance criteria including criteria that are satisfied when a low light mode is active, displaying, via the display device, a visual indication of a difference between a pose of the electronic device when capture of media was initiated and a pose of the electronic device at a first time after initiating capture of media.

[0071] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, means for displaying via the display device a media capture user interface including a representation of a field of view of one or more cameras, means for receiving a request to capture media while displaying via the display device the media capture user interface, means for initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras in response to receiving the request to capture media, and means for displaying via the display device a visual indication of a difference between a pose of the electronic device when capture of media was initiated and a pose of the electronic device at a first time after initiating capture of media pursuant to a determination that a set of guidance criteria are satisfied at a first time after initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras, the set of guidance criteria including criteria satisfied when a low light mode is active.

[0072] According to some embodiments, a method is described. The method is executed in an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras. The method includes displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a first region including a first representation of a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a second region outside the first region and visually distinct from the first region, the camera user interface including displaying the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in a first visual appearance in the second region in accordance with a determination that a first set of respective criteria is satisfied, the criteria including criteria that are satisfied when a first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a first distance from the one or more cameras, and ceasing to display the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance in the second region in accordance with a determination that a second set of respective criteria is satisfied, the criteria including criteria that are satisfied when a first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a second distance from the one or more cameras.

[0073] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface, the camera user interface including a first region including a first representation of a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a second region outside the first region and visually distinct from the first region, the camera user interface including: displaying, in accordance with a determination that a first set of respective criteria is met, the criteria including criteria that are met when a first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a first distance from the one or more cameras, the second region, in a first visual appearance; and ceasing to display, in accordance with a determination that a second set of respective criteria is met, the criteria including criteria that are met when a first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a second distance from the one or more cameras.

[0074] According to some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface, the camera user interface including a first region including a first representation of a first portion of a field of view of one or more cameras and a second region outside the first region and visually distinct from the first region, the camera user interface including: displaying, in accordance with a determination that a first set of respective criteria is satisfied, the criteria including criteria that are satisfied when a first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a first distance from the one or more cameras, the second region, in a first visual appearance; and ceasing to display, in accordance with a determination that a second set of respective criteria is satisfied, the criteria including criteria that are satisfied when a first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a second distance from the one or more cameras.

[0075] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more processors, and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface, the camera user interface including a first region including a first representation of a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a second region outside the first region and visually distinct from the first region, the camera user interface including displaying, in a first visual appearance within the second region, the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in accordance with a determination that a first set of respective criteria is satisfied, the criteria including criteria that are satisfied when a first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a first distance from the one or more cameras, and ceasing to display, in a first visual appearance within the second region, the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in accordance with a determination that a second set of respective criteria is satisfied, the criteria including criteria that are satisfied when a first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a second distance from the one or more cameras.

[0076] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, and means for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a first region including a first representation of a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a second region outside the first region and visually distinct from the first region, the means for displaying the camera user interface including displaying the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in a first visual appearance in the second region in accordance with a determination that a first set of respective criteria is satisfied, the criteria including criteria that are satisfied when a first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a first distance from the one or more cameras, and ceasing to display the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance in the second region in accordance with a determination that a second set of respective criteria is satisfied, the criteria including criteria that are satisfied when a first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a second distance from the one or more cameras.

[0077] According to some embodiments, a method is described. The method is performed on an electronic device having a display device, a first camera having a field of view, and a second camera having a field of view wider than the field of view of the first camera. The method includes displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a representation of at least a portion of the field of view of one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a first region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the first camera at the first zoom level and a second region including a representation of the first portion of the field of view of the second camera at the first zoom level. The method also includes receiving, while displaying via the display device a camera user interface including a representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, a first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to a second zoom level; and in response to receiving the first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to the second zoom level, displaying, in the first region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the first camera at the second zoom level that excludes at least a subset of the first portion of the field of view of the first camera, and displaying, in the second region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the second camera that overlaps with the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera, at the second zoom level without displaying, in the second region, a representation of the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera.

[0078] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device including a display device, a first camera having a field of view, and a second camera having a field of view wider than the field of view of the first camera, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a first region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the first camera at the first zoom level and a second region including a representation of the first portion of the field of view of the second camera at the first zoom level. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium also includes receiving, via the display device, a first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to a second zoom level while displaying a camera user interface including a representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, and in response to receiving the first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to the second zoom level, displaying, in the first region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the first camera at the second zoom level that excludes at least a subset of the first portion of the field of view of the first camera, and displaying, in the second region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the second camera that overlaps with the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera, at the second zoom level without displaying, in the second region, a representation of the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera.

[0079] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device including a display device, a first camera having a field of view, and a second camera having a field of view wider than the field of view of the first camera, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a first region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the first camera at the first zoom level and a second region including a representation of the first portion of the field of view of the second camera at the first zoom level. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium also includes receiving, via the display device, a first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to a second zoom level while displaying a camera user interface including a representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, and in response to receiving the first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to the second zoom level, displaying, in the first region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the first camera at the second zoom level that excludes at least a subset of the first portion of the field of view of the first camera, and displaying, in the second region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the second camera that overlaps with the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera, at the second zoom level without displaying, in the second region, a representation of the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera.

[0080] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, a first camera having a field of view, a second camera having a field of view wider than the field of view of the first camera, one or more processors, and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a first region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the first camera at the first zoom level and a second region including a representation of the first portion of the field of view of the second camera at the first zoom level. The electronic device also includes receiving, via the display device, a first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to a second zoom level while displaying a camera user interface including a representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, and in response to receiving the first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to the second zoom level, displaying, in the first region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the first camera at the second zoom level that excludes at least a subset of the first portion of the field of view of the first camera, and displaying, in the second region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the second camera that overlaps with the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera, at the second zoom level without displaying, in the second region, a representation of the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera.

[0081] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, a first camera having a field of view, a second camera having a field of view wider than the field of view of the first camera, and means for displaying, via the one or more cameras, a camera user interface including a representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a first region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the first camera at the first zoom level and a second region including a representation of the first portion of the field of view of the second camera at the first zoom level. The electronic device also includes means for receiving, while displaying via the display device a camera user interface including a representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, a first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to a second zoom level, and means for, in response to receiving the first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to the second zoom level, displaying, in the first region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the first camera at the second zoom level that excludes at least a subset of the first portion of the field of view of the first camera, and displaying, in the second region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the second camera that overlaps with the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera, at the second zoom level, without displaying, in the second region, a representation of the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera.

[0082] According to some embodiments, a method is described that is executed on an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, the method includes displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface that includes a first representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a plurality of zoom affordances, the plurality of zoom affordances including a first zoom affordance and a second zoom affordance. The method also includes, while displaying the multiple zoom affordances, receiving a first gesture directed toward one of the multiple zoom affordances; and, in response to receiving the first gesture, displaying a second representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras at a second zoom level in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a gesture directed toward the first zoom affordance; and displaying a third representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras at a third zoom level different from the first zoom level and the second zoom level in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a gesture directed toward the second zoom affordance.

[0083] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium is described, the non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a first representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a plurality of zoom affordances, the plurality of zoom affordances including a first zoom affordance and a second zoom affordance, and displaying the plurality of zoom affordances and, while in the display mode, receiving a first gesture directed toward one of the plurality of zoom affordances, and in response to receiving the first gesture, displaying a second representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras at a second zoom level in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a gesture directed toward the first zoom affordance, and displaying a third representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras at a third zoom level different from the first zoom level and the second zoom level in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a gesture directed toward the second zoom affordance.

[0084] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium is described, the non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a first representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a plurality of zoom affordances, the plurality of zoom affordances including a first zoom affordance and a second zoom affordance, and displaying the plurality of zoom affordances and, while in the display mode, receiving a first gesture directed toward one of the plurality of zoom affordances, and in response to receiving the first gesture, displaying a second representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras at a second zoom level in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a gesture directed toward the first zoom affordance, and displaying a third representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras at a third zoom level different from the first zoom level and the second zoom level in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a gesture directed toward the second zoom affordance.

[0085] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, one or more processors, and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a first representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a plurality of zoom affordances, the plurality of zoom affordances including a first zoom affordance and a second zoom affordance, and displaying the plurality of zoom affordances. while receiving a first gesture directed toward one of the plurality of zoom affordances, and in response to receiving the first gesture, displaying a second representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras at a second zoom level in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a gesture directed toward the first zoom affordance, and displaying a third representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras at a third zoom level different from the first zoom level and the second zoom level in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a gesture directed toward the second zoom affordance.

[0086] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, and means for displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a first representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a plurality of zoom affordances, the plurality of zoom affordances including a first zoom affordance and a second zoom affordance, means for receiving a first gesture directed at one of the plurality of zoom affordances while displaying the plurality of zoom affordances, and means for, in response to receiving the first gesture, displaying a second representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras at a second zoom level in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a gesture directed at the first zoom affordance, and displaying a third representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras at a third zoom level different from the first zoom level and the second zoom level in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a gesture directed at the second zoom affordance.

[0087] According to some embodiments, a method is described. The method is executed on an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras. The method includes displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display region including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a camera control region including a first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras at a first location. The method also includes detecting a first gesture directed at the camera user interface while displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras, and in response to detecting the first gesture directed at the camera user interface, displaying a first set of camera settings affordances at the first location, the first set of camera settings affordances being settings for adjusting image capture of the first camera mode, and ceasing displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating the different operational modes of the camera at the first location. The method also includes receiving a second gesture directed at the camera user interface while displaying the first set of camera setting affordances at the first location and while the electronic device is configured to capture media in the first camera mode, and in response to receiving the second gesture directed at the camera user interface, configuring the electronic device to capture media in a second camera mode different from the first camera mode, and displaying the second set of camera setting affordances at the first location without displaying a first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras at the first location.

[0088] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a camera control area including a first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras at a first position. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium also includes detecting a first gesture directed toward the camera user interface while displaying a first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras, and in response to detecting the first gesture directed toward the camera user interface, displaying a first set of camera setting affordances at a first location, the first set of camera setting affordances being settings that adjust image capture for the first camera mode, and ceasing displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating the different operational modes of the camera at the first location. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium also includes receiving a second gesture directed at the camera user interface while displaying the first set of camera setting affordances at the first location and while the electronic device is configured to capture media in the first camera mode, and in response to receiving the second gesture directed at the camera user interface, configuring the electronic device to capture media in a second camera mode different from the first camera mode, and displaying the second set of camera setting affordances at the first location without displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras at the first location.

[0089] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a camera control area including a first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras at a first position. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium also includes detecting a first gesture directed toward the camera user interface while displaying a first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras, and in response to detecting the first gesture directed toward the camera user interface, displaying a first set of camera setting affordances at a first location, the first set of camera setting affordances being settings that adjust image capture for the first camera mode, and ceasing displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating the different operational modes of the camera at the first location. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium also includes receiving a second gesture directed at the camera user interface while displaying the first set of camera setting affordances at the first location and while the electronic device is configured to capture media in the first camera mode, and in response to receiving the second gesture directed at the camera user interface, configuring the electronic device to capture media in a second camera mode different from the first camera mode, and displaying the second set of camera setting affordances at the first location without displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras at the first location.

[0090] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, one or more processors, and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface, the camera user interface including a camera display region including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, and a camera control region including a first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras at a first position. The electronic device also includes detecting a first gesture directed toward the camera user interface while displaying a first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras, and in response to detecting the first gesture directed toward the camera user interface, displaying a first set of camera setting affordances at a first location, the first set of camera setting affordances being settings that adjust image capture for the first camera mode, and ceasing displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating the different operational modes of the camera at the first location. The electronic device also includes receiving a second gesture directed at the camera user interface while displaying the first set of camera setting affordances at the first location and while the electronic device is configured to capture media in the first camera mode, and in response to receiving the second gesture directed at the camera user interface, configuring the electronic device to capture media in a second camera mode different from the first camera mode, and displaying the second set of camera setting affordances at the first location without displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras at the first location.

[0091] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, and means for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display region including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras and a camera control region including a first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras at a first location. The electronic device also includes means for detecting a first gesture directed at the camera user interface while displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating the different operational modes of the one or more cameras, and means for displaying a first set of camera setting affordances at the first location in response to detecting the first gesture directed at the camera user interface, the first set of camera setting affordances being settings for adjusting image capture of the first camera mode, and ceasing displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating the different operational modes of the camera at the first location. The electronic device also includes means for receiving a second gesture directed at the camera user interface while displaying the first set of camera setting affordances at the first location and while the electronic device is configured to capture media in the first camera mode, and means for configuring the electronic device to capture media in a second camera mode different from the first camera mode in response to receiving the second gesture directed at the camera user interface, and displaying the second set of camera setting affordances at the first location without displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras at the first location.

[0092] According to some embodiments, a method is described. The method is executed in an electronic device that includes a display device and one or more cameras. The method includes receiving a request to display a representation of a previously captured media item that includes first content from a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and second content from a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, and in response to receiving the request to display the representation of the previously captured media item, displaying, via the display device, the representation of the previously captured media item that includes a combination of the first content and the second content in accordance with a determination that the automatic media correction criteria are met, and displaying, via the display device, the representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and does not include the second content in accordance with a determination that the automatic media correction criteria are not met.

[0093] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device including a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for receiving a request to display a representation of a previously captured media item including first content from a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and second content from a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, displaying, via the display device, the representation of the previously captured media item including a combination of the first content and the second content in response to receiving the request to display the representation of the previously captured media item in accordance with a determination that an automatic media correction criterion is met, and displaying, via the display device, the representation of the previously captured media item including the first content and not including the second content in accordance with a determination that the automatic media correction criterion is not met.

[0094] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device including a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for receiving a request to display a representation of a previously captured media item including first content from a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and second content from a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, displaying, via the display device, the representation of the previously captured media item including a combination of the first content and the second content in response to receiving the request to display the representation of the previously captured media item in accordance with a determination that an automatic media correction criterion is met, and displaying, via the display device, the representation of the previously captured media item including the first content and not including the second content in accordance with a determination that the automatic media correction criterion is not met.

[0095] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, one or more processors, and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for receiving a request to display a representation of a previously captured media item that includes first content from a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras and second content from a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, and in response to receiving the request to display the representation of the previously captured media item, displaying, via the display device, the representation of the previously captured media item that includes a combination of the first content and the second content in accordance with a determination that the automatic media correction criteria are met, and displaying, via the display device, the representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and does not include the second content in accordance with a determination that the automatic media correction criteria are not met.

[0096] According to some embodiments, an electronic device is described that includes a display device, one or more cameras, and means for displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras, means for receiving a request to capture media while displaying, via the display device, a means for initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras in response to receiving the request to capture media, means for detecting movement of the electronic device via the one or more cameras at a first time after initiating capture of media, and means for displaying, via the display device, a visual indication of one or more differences between a pose of the electronic device when capture of media was initiated and a current pose of the electronic device in response to detecting movement of the electronic device at the first time after initiating capture of media in accordance with a determination that a set of guidance criteria is met, the set of guidance criteria including criteria that are met when the detected movement of the electronic device exceeds a movement threshold, and ceasing to display, via the display device, the visual indication of one or more differences between the pose of the electronic device when capture of media was initiated and a current pose of the electronic device in response to a determination that the detected movement does not meet the set of guidance criteria.

[0097] According to some embodiments, a method is described. The method is executed in a computer system having one or more cameras in communication with one or more display devices and one or more input devices. The method includes displaying a camera user interface having a camera preview for capturing media at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a selectable user interface object for changing the zoom level, detecting an input corresponding to a selection of the selectable user interface object while displaying the camera user interface, and in response to detecting the input corresponding to a selection of the selectable user interface object, changing the zoom level to a second zoom level and enabling a low-light capture mode in accordance with a determination that the available light is below a threshold, and changing the zoom level without enabling the low-light capture mode in accordance with a determination that the available light is above the threshold.

[0098] According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described, the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system having one or more cameras, the computer system in communication with one or more display devices and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying a camera user interface having a camera preview for capturing media at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a selectable user interface object for changing the zoom level, detecting an input corresponding to a selection of the selectable user interface object while displaying the camera user interface, and in response to detecting the input corresponding to the selection of the selectable user interface object, changing the zoom level to a second zoom level in accordance with a determination that available light is below a threshold, enabling a low-light capture mode, and changing the zoom level without enabling the low-light capture mode in accordance with a determination that available light is above the threshold.

[0099] According to some embodiments, a temporary computer-readable storage medium is described, the temporary computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system having one or more cameras, the computer system in communication with one or more display devices and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for displaying a camera user interface having a camera preview for capturing media at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a selectable user interface object for changing the zoom level, detecting an input corresponding to a selection of the selectable user interface object while displaying the camera user interface, and in response to detecting the input corresponding to the selection of the selectable user interface object, changing the zoom level to a second zoom level in accordance with a determination that available light is below a threshold, enabling a low-light capture mode, and changing the zoom level without enabling the low-light capture mode in accordance with a determination that available light is above the threshold.

[0100] According to some embodiments, a computer system is described that includes one or more cameras in communication with one or more display devices and one or more input devices, one or more processors, and a memory that stores one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying a camera user interface having a camera preview for capturing media at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a selectable user interface object for changing the zoom level, detecting an input corresponding to a selection of the selectable user interface object while displaying the camera user interface, and in response to detecting the input corresponding to the selection of the selectable user interface object, changing the zoom level to a second zoom level in accordance with a determination that available light is below a threshold, enabling a low-light capture mode, and changing the zoom level without enabling the low-light capture mode in accordance with a determination that available light is above the threshold.

[0101] According to some embodiments, a computer system is described that includes one or more cameras, the computer system in communication with one or more display devices and one or more input devices, means for displaying a camera user interface having a camera preview for capturing media at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a selectable user interface object for changing the zoom level, means for detecting, while displaying the camera user interface, an input corresponding to a selection of the selectable user interface object, means for changing the zoom level to a second zoom level in response to detecting the input corresponding to a selection of the selectable user interface object, in accordance with a determination that available light is below a threshold, means for enabling a low light capture mode, and means for changing the zoom level without enabling the low light capture mode, in accordance with a determination that available light is above the threshold.

[0102] Executable instructions to perform these functions are optionally contained in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured to be executed by one or more processors. Executable instructions to perform these functions are optionally contained in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured to be executed by one or more processors.

[0103] This provides devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for capturing and managing media, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction of such devices, and may complement or replace other methods for capturing and managing media.

[0104] For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the following Detailed Description in conjunction with the following drawings, in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout: [Brief description of the drawings]

[0105] [Figure 1A] 1 is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device having a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments. [Figure 1B] FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating example components for event processing, according to some embodiments. [Diagram 2] 1 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen according to some embodiments. [Diagram 3] 1 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. [Figure 4A] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device according to some embodiments. [Figure 4B] 1 illustrates an example user interface of a multifunction device having a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments. [Figure 5A] 1 illustrates a personal electronic device according to some embodiments. [Figure 5B] FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device according to some embodiments. [Figure 5C] 1 illustrates example components of a personal electronic device having a touch-sensitive display and intensity sensor according to some embodiments. [Figure 5D] 1 illustrates example components of a personal electronic device having a touch-sensitive display and intensity sensor according to some embodiments. [Figure 5E] 1 illustrates example components and a user interface of a personal electronic device according to some embodiments. [Figure 5F] 1 illustrates example components and a user interface of a personal electronic device according to some embodiments. [Figure 5G] 1 illustrates example components and a user interface of a personal electronic device according to some embodiments. [Figure 5H] 1 illustrates example components and a user interface of a personal electronic device according to some embodiments. [Figure 6A] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6B] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6C] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6D] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6E] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6F] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6G] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6H] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6I] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6J] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6K] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6L] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6M] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6N] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6O] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6P] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6Q] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6R] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6S]1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6T] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6U] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 6V] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 7A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 7B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 7C] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8A] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8B] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8C] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8D] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8E] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8F] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8G] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8H] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8I] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8J] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8K] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8L] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8M] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8N] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8O]1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8P] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8Q] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8R] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8S] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8T] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8U] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 8V] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9C] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 10A]1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 10B] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 10C] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 10D] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 10E] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 10F] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 10G] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 10H] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 10I] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 10J] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 10K] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11A]FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11C] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12A] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12B] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12C] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12D] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12E] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12F] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12G] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12H] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12I]1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12J] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12K] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 13A] 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for accessing media items using an electronic device according to some embodiments. [Figure 13B] 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for accessing media items using an electronic device according to some embodiments. [Figure 14A] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14B] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14C] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14D] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14E] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14F] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14G]1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14H] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14I] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14J] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14K] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14L] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14M] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14N] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14O] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14P] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14Q] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14R] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14S] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14T] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14U] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 15A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for modifying a media item using an electronic device according to some embodiments. [Figure 15B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for modifying a media item using an electronic device according to some embodiments. [Figure 15C] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for modifying a media item using an electronic device according to some embodiments. [Figure 16A] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16B] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16C] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16D] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16E]1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16F] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16G] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16H] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16I] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16J] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16K] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16L] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16M] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16N] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16O] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16P]1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16Q] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for changing zoom levels using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 17A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 17B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18A] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18B] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18C] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18D] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18E] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18F] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18G] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18H]1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18I] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18J] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18K] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18L] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18M] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18N] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18O] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18P] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18Q] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18R] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18S]1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18T] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18U] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18V] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18W] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 18X] 1 illustrates example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 19A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for modifying a frame rate using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 19B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for modifying a frame rate using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 20A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for responding to lighting conditions using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 20B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for responding to lighting conditions using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 20C] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for responding to lighting conditions using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 21A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for providing a camera indication using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 21B]FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for providing a camera indication using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 21C] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for providing a camera indication using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22A] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22B] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22C] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22D] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22E] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22F] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22G] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 22H] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22I] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22J] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22K] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22L] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22M] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22N] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22O] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22P] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22Q] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22R] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22S] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22T] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig.22U] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22V] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 22W] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 22X] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22Y] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 22Z] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22AA] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 22AB] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22AC] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 22AD] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22AE] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 22AF] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 22A-G] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22AH] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22AI] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22AJ] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 22AK] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22AL] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 22AM] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 23A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for editing media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 23B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for editing media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24A] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24B] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24C] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24D] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24E] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24F] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24G] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 24H] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24I] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24J] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24K] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24L] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24M] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24N] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 24O] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24P] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24Q] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24R] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24S] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24T] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig.24U] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24V] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 24W] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 24X] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24Y] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 24Z] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24AA] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Diagram 24AB] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. [Figure 25A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for editing media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 25B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for editing media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26A] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26B] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26C] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26D] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26E]1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26F] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26G] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 26H] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26I] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26J] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26K] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26L] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26M] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26N] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26O] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26P] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26Q]1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26R] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26S] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 26T] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 26U] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 27A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 27B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 27C] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 28A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 28B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 29A] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 29B] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 29C]1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 29D] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 29E] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 29F] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 29G] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 29H] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 29I] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 29J] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 29K] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 29L] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 29M] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 29N] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 29O] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 29P] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 30A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 30B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 30C] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing controlled media capture using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. [Figure 31A] 1 illustrates an example user interface for displaying a camera user interface at various zoom levels using different cameras of an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 31B] 1 illustrates an example user interface for displaying a camera user interface at various zoom levels using different cameras of an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 31C] 1 illustrates an example user interface for displaying a camera user interface at various zoom levels using different cameras of an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 31D] 1 illustrates an example user interface for displaying a camera user interface at various zoom levels using different cameras of an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 31E] 1 illustrates an example user interface for displaying a camera user interface at various zoom levels using different cameras of an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 31F] 1 illustrates an example user interface for displaying a camera user interface at various zoom levels using different cameras of an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 31G] 1 illustrates an example user interface for displaying a camera user interface at various zoom levels using different cameras of an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 31H] 1 illustrates an example user interface for displaying a camera user interface at various zoom levels using different cameras of an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 31I] 1 illustrates an example user interface for displaying a camera user interface at various zoom levels using different cameras of an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 32A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for displaying a camera user interface at various zoom levels using different cameras of an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 32B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for displaying a camera user interface at various zoom levels using different cameras of an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 32C] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for displaying a camera user interface at various zoom levels using different cameras of an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 33A]1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 33B] 1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 33C] 1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 33D] 1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 33E] 1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 33F] 1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 33G] 1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 33H] 1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 33I] 1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 33J] 1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 33K] 1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 33L] 1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 33M]1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 33N] 1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 33O] 1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 33P] 1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 33Q] 1 illustrates an example user interface for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 34A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 34B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for changing a zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 35A] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for accessing media capture controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 35B] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for accessing media capture controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 35C] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for accessing media capture controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 35D] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for accessing media capture controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 35E]1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for accessing media capture controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 35F] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for accessing media capture controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 35G] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for accessing media capture controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 35H] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for accessing media capture controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 35I] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for accessing media capture controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 36A] 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for accessing media capture controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 36B] 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for accessing media capture controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37A] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37B] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37C] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37D] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37E] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37F] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37G] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 37H] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 37I] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37J] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37K] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37L] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37M] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37N] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 37O] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37P] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37Q] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37R] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37S] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37T] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 37U] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37V] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 37W] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 37X] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37Y] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 37Z]1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 37AA] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 38A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 38B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 38C] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. [Figure 39A] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 39B] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 39C] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 39D] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 39E] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 39F] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 39G] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Fig. 39H]1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 39I] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 39J] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 39K] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 39L] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 39M] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 39N] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Fig. 39O] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 39P] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 39Q] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 40A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 40B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for providing guidance while capturing media. [Figure 41A] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically managing media capture modes based on a set of conditions. [Figure 41B] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically managing media capture modes based on a set of conditions. [Figure 41C] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically managing media capture modes based on a set of conditions. [Figure 41D] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically managing media capture modes based on a set of conditions. [Figure 41E] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically managing media capture modes based on a set of conditions. [Fig.41F] 1 illustrates an exemplary user interface for automatically managing media capture modes based on a set of conditions. [Figure 42A] 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for automatically managing a media capture mode based on a set of conditions. [Figure 42B] 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for automatically managing a media capture mode based on a set of conditions. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS

[0106] The following description sets forth example methods, parameters, etc., however, it should be recognized that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure, but is instead provided as a description of example embodiments.

[0107] There is a need for electronic devices that provide efficient methods and interfaces for capturing and managing media. Such technology can reduce the cognitive burden on users managing media, thereby increasing their productivity. Furthermore, such techniques can reduce processor and battery power that is otherwise wasted on redundant user input.

[0108] Below, FIGS. 1A-1B, 2, 3, 4A-4B, and 5A-5H provide descriptions of example devices for performing techniques for managing event notifications.

[0109] Figures 6A-6V illustrate example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. Figures 7A-7C are flow diagrams illustrating methods for accessing media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of Figures 6A-6V are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of Figures 7A-7C.

[0110] Figures 8A-8V illustrate example techniques and example user interfaces for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. Figures 9A-9C are flow diagrams illustrating methods for displaying media controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of Figures 8A-8V are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of Figures 9A-9C.

[0111] 10A-10K illustrate an example technique and an example user interface for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. FIGURES 11A-11C are flow diagrams illustrating a method for displaying a camera view using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGURES 10A-10K are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of FIGURES 11A-11C.

[0112] 12A-12K illustrate example techniques and example user interfaces for accessing media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. FIGURES 13A-13B are flow diagrams illustrating methods for accessing media items using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGURES 12A-12K are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of FIGURES 13A-13B.

[0113] 14A-14U illustrate example techniques and example user interfaces for modifying a media item using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. FIGURES 15A-15C are flow diagrams illustrating methods for modifying a media item using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGURES 14A-14U are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of FIGURES 15A-15C.

[0114] 16A-16Q illustrate an example technique and an example user interface for changing the zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. FIGs. 17A-17B are flow diagrams illustrating a method for changing the zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGs. 16A-16Q are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of FIGs. 17A-17B.

[0115] 18A-18X illustrate example techniques and example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. FIGs. 19A-19B are flow diagrams illustrating a method for changing a frame rate using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. FIGs. 20A-20C are flow diagrams illustrating a method for responding to lighting conditions using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. FIGs. 21A-21C are flow diagrams illustrating a method for providing a camera indication using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGs. 18A-18X are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of FIGs. 19A-19B, 20A-20C, and 21A-21C.

[0116] 22A-22AM show exemplary user interfaces for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. Figures 23A-23B are flow diagrams illustrating methods for editing captured media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of Figures 22A-22AM are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of Figures 23A-23B.

[0117] 24A-24AB show example user interfaces for editing captured media, according to some embodiments. Figures 25A-25B are flow diagrams illustrating methods for editing captured media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of Figures 24A-24AB are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of Figures 25A-25B.

[0118] Figures 26A-26U show example user interfaces for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. Figures 27A-27C are flow diagrams illustrating methods for managing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. Figures 28A-28B are flow diagrams illustrating methods for providing guidance while capturing media. The user interfaces of Figures 26A-26U are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of Figures 27A-27C and 28A-28B.

[0119] 29A-29P show example user interfaces for managing controlled capture of media using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. Figures 30A-30C are flow diagrams illustrating methods for managing controlled capture of media using an electronic device with multiple cameras, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of Figures 29A-29P are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of Figures 30A-30C.

[0120] 31A-31I show example user interfaces for displaying a camera user interface at various zoom levels using different cameras of an electronic device, according to some embodiments. FIGs. 32A-32C are flow diagrams illustrating methods for displaying a camera user interface at various zoom levels using different cameras of an electronic device, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGs. 31A-31I are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of FIGs. 32A-32C.

[0121] 33A-33Q show example user interfaces for changing the zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. FIGs. 34A-34B are flow diagrams illustrating a method for changing the zoom level using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGs. 33A-33Q are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of FIGs. 34A-34B.

[0122] 35A-35I illustrate example user interfaces for accessing media capture controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. Figures 36A-36B are flow diagrams illustrating methods for accessing media capture controls using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of Figures 35A-35I are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of Figures 36A-36B.

[0123] 37A-37AA show example user interfaces for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. FIGs. 38A-38C are flow diagrams illustrating methods for automatically adjusting media captured using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGs. 37A-37AA are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of FIGs. 38A-38C.

[0124] 39A-39Q show example user interfaces for providing guidance while capturing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. FIGs. 40A-40B are flow diagrams illustrating methods for providing guidance while capturing media using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGs. 39A-39Q are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of FIGs. 40A-40B.

[0125] 41A-41F show example user interfaces for automatically managing a media capture mode based on a set of conditions using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. FIGs. 42A-42B are flow diagrams illustrating a method for automatically managing a media capture mode based on a set of conditions using an electronic device, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGs. 41A-41F are used to illustrate processes described below, including the processes of FIGs. 42A-42B.

[0126] In the following description, terms such as "first" and "second" are used to describe various elements, but these elements should not be limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another element. For example, a first touch can be called a second touch, and a second touch can be called a first touch, without departing from the scope of various embodiments described. Although a first touch and a second touch are both touches, they are not the same touch.

[0127] The terminology used in the description of the various embodiments described herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. In the description of the various embodiments described and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. It should also be understood that as used herein, the term "and / or" refers to and includes any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms "includes," "including," "comprises," and / or "comprising," as used herein, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and / or components, but do not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and / or groups thereof.

[0128] The term "if" is interpreted, optionally, depending on the context, to mean "when" or "upon," or "in response to determining" or "in response to detecting." Similarly, the phrase "if it is determined" or "if [a stated condition or event] is detected" is interpreted, optionally, depending on the context, to mean "upon determining" or "in response to determining," or "upon detecting [the stated condition or event]" or "in response to detecting [the stated condition or event]."

[0129] Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communication device, such as a mobile phone, that also includes other functions, such as PDA and / or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, but are not limited to, iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Optionally, other portable electronic devices, such as laptop or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touchscreen displays and / or touchpads), are also used. It should also be understood that in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communication device, but rather a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchscreen displays and / or touchpads).

[0130] In the following discussion, electronic devices are described that include a display and a touch-sensitive surface, however, it should be understood that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and / or a joystick.

[0131] The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a videoconferencing application, an email application, an instant messaging application, a training support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and / or a digital video player application.

[0132] The various applications running on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as a touch-sensitive surface. One or more features of the touch-sensitive surface and corresponding information displayed on the device are optionally adjusted and / or changed for each application and / or within each application. In this way, the common physical architecture of the device (such as the touch-sensitive surface) optionally supports a variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user.

[0133] Attention is now directed to embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays. FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch-sensitive display system 112, according to some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display 112 may be conveniently referred to as a "touch screen" and may also be known or referred to as a "touch-sensitive display system." Device 100 includes memory 102 (optionally including one or more computer-readable storage media), memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input / output (I / O) subsystem 106, other input control devices 116, and external port 124. Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164. Device 100 optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 that detect the intensity of a contact on device 100 (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100). Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167 that generate tactile output on device 100 (e.g., generate tactile output on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103.

[0134] As used herein and in the claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or a proxy for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values ​​including at least four distinct values, and more typically including hundreds (e.g., at least 256) distinct values. The intensity of a contact is optionally determined (or measured) using a variety of techniques and a variety of sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors under or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are optionally used to measure the force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of the contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is optionally used to determine the pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size and / or change in the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface, the capacitance and / or change in the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate the contact, and / or the resistance and / or change in the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate the contact, are optionally used as a surrogate for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the surrogate measurement for the force or pressure of the contact is used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold is exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units that correspond to the surrogate measurement). In some implementations, the surrogate measurement for the contact force or pressure is converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of contact as an attribute of user input allows a user access to additional device functionality that may not otherwise be accessible by the user on devices of reduced size that have limited area for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and / or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, touch-sensitive surface, or physical / mechanical controls such as knobs or buttons).

[0135] As used herein and in the claims, the term "tactile output" refers to a physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, a physical displacement of a component of the device (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) relative to another component of the device (e.g., a housing), or a displacement of a component relative to the center of mass of the device, that will be detected by a user with the user's sense of touch. For example, in a situation where a device or a component of a device is in contact with a touch-sensitive surface of a user (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user's hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in a physical property of the device or a component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is optionally interpreted by the user as a "down-click" or "up-click" of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user feels a tactile sensation such as a "down-click" or "up-click" even when no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's action. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is optionally interpreted or sensed by a user as "roughness" of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in the smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. Such user interpretation of touch depends on the user's personal sensory perception, but there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an "up click," a "down click," "roughness"), unless otherwise noted, the generated tactile output corresponds to a physical displacement of the device, or a component of the device, that produces the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user.

[0136] It is understood that device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally has more or fewer components than those shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of its components. The various components shown in FIG. 1A may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing circuits and / or application specific integrated circuits.

[0137] Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory, and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. A memory controller 122 optionally controls access to memory 102 by other components of device 100.

[0138] The peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to the CPU 120 and memory 102. The one or more processors 120 operate or execute various software programs and / or instruction sets stored in the memory 102 to perform various functions and process data for the device 100. In some embodiments, the peripherals interface 118, the CPU 120, and the memory controller 122 are optionally implemented on a single chip, such as the chip 104. In some other embodiments, they are optionally implemented on separate chips.

[0139] The radio frequency (RF) circuitry 108 transmits and receives RF signals, also referred to as electromagnetic signals. The RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to electromagnetic signals or electromagnetic signals to electrical signals and communicates with communication networks and other communication devices via electromagnetic signals. The RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuits for performing these functions, including, but not limited to, an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, etc. The RF circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet, and / or wireless networks, such as cellular telephone networks, wireless local area networks (LANs) and / or metropolitan area networks (MANs), and with other devices, by wireless communication. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by short-range radios. Wireless communication optionally includes, but is not limited to, Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPA), Long Term Evolution (EV-DO), and other standard cellular technologies.Examples of technologies that may be used include, but are not limited to, wireless technology (IoT), wireless LAN (LAN), wireless LAN (LANG ... The present invention may use any of a number of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS), and / or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communications protocol, including communications protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this application.

[0140] The audio circuit 110, the speaker 111, and the microphone 113 provide an audio interface between the user and the device 100. The audio circuit 110 receives audio data from the peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data into an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to the speaker 111. The speaker 111 converts the electrical signal into human audible sound waves. The audio circuit 110 also receives an electrical signal converted from the sound wave by the microphone 113. The audio circuit 110 converts the electrical signal into audio data, and transmits the audio data to the peripherals interface 118 for processing. The audio data is optionally retrieved from and / or transmitted to the memory 102 and / or the RF circuit 108 by the peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, the audio circuit 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212 in FIG. 2). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and a detachable audio input / output peripheral such as an output-only headphone or a headset with both an output (e.g., one-ear or binaural headphones) and an input (e.g., a microphone).

[0141] The I / O subsystem 106 couples input / output peripherals on the device 100, such as the touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116, to a peripheral interface 118. The I / O subsystem 106 optionally includes a display controller 156, a light sensor controller 158, a depth camera controller 169, an intensity sensor controller 159, a haptic feedback controller 161, and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160 receive / send electrical signals from / to the other input control devices 116. The other input control devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, etc. In some alternative embodiments, the input controller(s) 160 are optionally coupled to any (or none) of a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 208 in FIG. 2) optionally include up and down buttons for volume control of speaker 111 and / or microphone 113. The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206 in FIG. 2).

[0142] A quick press of the push button optionally disengages the lock on the touch screen 112 or optionally initiates the process of unlocking the device using a gesture on the touch screen, as described in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 11 / 322,549, filed December 23, 2005, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” U.S. Patent No. 7,657,849, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g., 206) optionally turns power on or off to the device 100. The functionality of one or more of the buttons is optionally customizable by the user. The touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.

[0143] Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input and output interface between the device and a user. Display controller 156 receives and / or transmits electrical signals from touchscreen 112. Touchscreen 112 displays visual output to the user. This visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively "graphics"). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user interface objects.

[0144] Touchscreen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from a user based on haptic and / or tactile contact. Touchscreen 112 and display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and / or instruction sets in memory 102) detects contacts (and any movement or breaking of contact) on touchscreen 112 and translates the detected contacts into interactions with user interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) displayed on touchscreen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, the point of contact between touchscreen 112 and the user corresponds to the user's finger.

[0145] Touchscreen 112 optionally uses LCD (Liquid Crystal Display), LPD (Light Emitting Polymer Display), or LED (Light Emitting Diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touchscreen 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and any movement or interruption thereof using any of a number of now known or later developed touch sensing technologies, including, but not limited to, capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements that determine one or more points of contact with touchscreen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.

[0146] The touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touchscreen 112 is optionally similar to the multi-touch-sensing touchpad described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and / or 6,677,932 (Westerman), and / or U.S. Patent Publication No. 2002 / 0015024(A1), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. However, whereas touchscreen 112 displays visual output from device 100, a touch-sensitive touchpad does not provide visual output.

[0147] The touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of the touch screen 112 may be any of the touch-sensitive displays described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11 / 381,313, filed May 2, 2006, entitled "Multipoint Touch Surface Controller," (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10 / 840,862, filed May 6, 2004, entitled "Multipoint Touchscreen," (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10 / 903,964, filed July 30, 2004, entitled "Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices," (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11 / 048,264, filed January 31, 2005, entitled "Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices," and (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11 / 038,590, filed January 18, 2005, entitled "Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input No. 11 / 228,758, filed Sep. 16, 2005, entitled "Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface," (7) U.S. Patent Application No. 11 / 228,700, filed Sep. 16, 2005, entitled "Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface," (8) U.S. Patent Application No. 11 / 228,737, filed Sep. 16, 2005, entitled "Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard," and (9) U.S. Patent Application No. 11 / 367,749, filed Mar. 3, 2006, entitled "Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device," all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

[0148] Touch screen 112 optionally has a video resolution of greater than 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. A user optionally contacts touch screen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, finger, etc. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to primarily handle finger-based contacts and gestures, which may not be as precise as stylus-based input due to the larger contact area of ​​a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger input into precise pointer / cursor positions or commands to perform the actions desired by the user.

[0149] In some embodiments, in addition to a touchscreen, device 100 optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating certain functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of ​​the device that, unlike the touchscreen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is optionally a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touchscreen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touchscreen.

[0150] Device 100 also includes a power system 162 that provides power to the various components. Power system 162 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., batteries, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, power failure detection circuitry, power converters or inverters, power status indicators (e.g., light emitting diodes (LEDs)), and any other components associated with the generation, management, and distribution of power within a portable device.

[0151] Device 100 also optionally includes one or more light sensors 164. FIG. 1A shows a light sensor coupled to light sensor controller 158 in I / O subsystem 106. Light sensor 164 optionally includes a charge-coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. Light sensor 164 receives light from the environment projected through one or more lenses and converts the light into data representing an image. Light sensor 164 optionally works in conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module) to capture still images or video. In some embodiments, the light sensor is located on the back of device 100 as opposed to touchscreen display 112 on the front of the device, such that the touchscreen display is effective for use as a viewfinder for acquisition of still and / or video images. In some embodiments, the light sensor is located on the front of the device so that an image of the user is obtained, optionally for videoconferencing, and the user sees other videoconference participants on the touchscreen display. In some embodiments, the position of the light sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and sensor within the device housing), so that a single light sensor 164 is used for both videoconferencing and capturing still and / or video images, along with the touchscreen display.

[0152] Device 100 also optionally includes one or more depth camera sensors 175. FIG. 1A shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth camera controller 169 in I / O subsystem 106. Depth camera sensor 175 receives data from the environment to create a three-dimensional model of an object (e.g., a face) in a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., the depth camera sensor). In some embodiments, in cooperation with imaging module 143 (also called camera module), depth camera sensor 175 is optionally used to determine a depth map of different portions of an image captured by imaging module 143. In some embodiments, a depth camera sensor is located on the front of device 100 so that an image of a user with depth information is optionally obtained for a video conference and to capture a selfie image with depth map data while the user is viewing other video conference participants on a touch screen display. In some embodiments, depth camera sensor 175 is located on the back of the device, or on the back and front of device 100. In some embodiments, the position of the depth camera sensor 175 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and sensor within the device housing) such that the depth camera sensor 175 is used for both video conferencing and capturing still and / or video images, in conjunction with a touch screen display.

[0153] In some embodiments, a depth map (e.g., a depth map image) contains information (e.g., values) about the distance of objects in a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a camera, light sensor, depth camera sensor). In one embodiment of a depth map, each depth pixel defines a position in the Z-axis of the viewpoint where its corresponding two-dimensional pixel is located. In some embodiments, a depth map is made up of pixels, each pixel defined by a value (e.g., 0-255). For example, a value of "0" represents a pixel that is located furthest in a "3D" scene, and a value of "255" represents a pixel that is located closest to the viewpoint (e.g., a camera, light sensor, depth camera sensor) in the "3D" scene. In other embodiments, a depth map represents a distance between objects in a scene and the plane of the viewpoint. In some embodiments, a depth map contains information about the relative depth of various features of a target object as seen by a depth camera (e.g., the relative depth of the eyes, nose, mouth, and ears on a user's face). In some embodiments, the depth map contains information that enables the device to determine the contour of the target object in the z-direction.

[0154] Device 100 also optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165. FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller 159 in I / O subsystem 106. Contact intensity sensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electrical force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor 165 receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information, or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is juxtaposed with or proximate to a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touchscreen display 112 located on the front of device 100.

[0155] Device 100 also optionally includes one or more proximity sensors 166. Figure 1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to peripherals interface 118. Alternatively, proximity sensor 166 is optionally coupled to an input controller 160 within I / O subsystem 106. The proximity sensor 166 optionally functions as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11 / 241,839, "Proximity Detector In Handheld Device," Ser. No. 11 / 240,788, "Proximity Detector In Handheld Device," Ser. No. 11 / 620,702, "Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output," Ser. No. 11 / 586,862, "Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices," and Ser. No. 11 / 638,251, "Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals," which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables the touch screen 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).

[0156] Device 100 also optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167. FIG. 1A shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller 161 in I / O subsystem 106. Tactile output generator 167 optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices, such as speakers or other audio components, and / or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion, such as motors, solenoids, electroactive polymers, piezoelectric actuators, electrostatic actuators, or other tactile output generating components (e.g., components that convert electrical signals into tactile output on the device). Contact intensity sensor 165 receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generates a tactile output on device 100 that can be sensed by a user of device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is juxtaposed to or proximate to a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and optionally generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in / out of the surface of device 100) or horizontally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as the surface of device 100). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touchscreen display 112 located on the front of device 100.

[0157] Device 100 also optionally includes one or more accelerometers 168. FIG. 1A shows accelerometer 168 coupled to peripherals interface 118. Alternatively, accelerometer 168 is optionally coupled to input controller 160 in I / O subsystem 106. Accelerometer 168 optionally functions as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touchscreen display in portrait or landscape view based on analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. In addition to accelerometer(s) 168, device 100 optionally includes a magnetometer and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for obtaining information regarding the position and orientation (e.g., vertical or horizontal) of device 100.

[0158] In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102 include an operating system 126, a communication module (or instruction set) 128, a touch / motion module (or instruction set) 130, a graphics module (or instruction set) 132, a text input module (or instruction set) 134, a Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or instruction set) 135, and applications (or instruction sets) 136. Additionally, in some embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) stores device / global internal state 157, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3. Device / global internal state 157 includes one or more of: active application state, which indicates which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, which indicates which applications, views, or other information are occupying various regions of touchscreen display 112; sensor state, which includes information obtained from the device's various sensors and input control devices 116; and location information regarding the location and / or orientation of the device.

[0159] Operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin®, RTXC®, LINUX®, UNIX®, OS X®, iOS®, WINDOWS®, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks®) includes various software components and / or drivers that control and manage normal system tasks (e.g., memory management, control of storage devices, power management, etc.) and facilitate communication between various hardware and software components.

[0160] The communications module 128 also includes various software components for facilitating communication with other devices via one or more external ports 124 and for processing data received by the RF circuitry 108 and / or the external ports 124. The external ports 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) are adapted to couple to other devices directly or indirectly via a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external ports are multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connectors that are the same as or similar to and / or compatible with the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (a trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.

[0161] Contact / motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and other touch-sensing devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact / motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detecting contact, such as determining whether contact occurs (e.g., detecting a finger down event), determining the strength of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact, or a surrogate for the force or pressure of the contact), determining whether there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger drag events), and determining whether the contact has stopped (e.g., detecting a finger up event or an interruption of the contact). Contact / motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining the movement of the contact, as represented by the series of contact data, optionally includes determining the speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and / or acceleration (change in magnitude and / or direction) of the contact. These actions are, optionally, applied to a single contact (e.g., one finger contact) or multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., "multi-touch" / multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact / motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contacts on a touchpad.

[0162] In some embodiments, the contact / motion module 130 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds for determining whether an action has been performed by a user (e.g., for determining whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined according to software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of a particular physical actuator, but can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of the device 100). For example, the mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touchscreen display can be set to any of a wide range of predefined thresholds without changing the trackpad or touchscreen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of the device is provided with a software setting to adjust one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and / or multiple intensity thresholds at once via a system-level click “intensity” parameter).

[0163] Contact / motion module 130 optionally detects gesture input by a user. Different gestures on a touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different movements, timing, and / or strength of detected contacts). Thus, gestures are optionally detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger down event, followed by detecting a finger up (lift off) event at the same location (or substantially the same location) as the finger down event (e.g., at the location of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger down event, followed by one or more finger drag events, followed by detecting a finger up (lift off) event.

[0164] Graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touchscreen 112 or other display, including components for modifying the visual effects (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual characteristics) of the displayed graphics. As used herein, the term "graphics" includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, but not limited to, characters, web pages, icons (such as user interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like.

[0165] In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data representing the graphics to be used. Each graphic is optionally assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives one or more codes specifying the graphics to be displayed, including, as appropriate, coordinate data and other graphic characteristic data, from an application or the like, and then generates screen image data for output to display controller 156.

[0166] The tactile feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating instructions used by the tactile output generator(s) 167 to generate tactile outputs at one or more locations on the device 100 in response to user interaction with the device 100.

[0167] Text input module 134 is optionally a component of graphics module 132 and provides a soft keyboard for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 137, email 140, IM 141, browser 147, and any other application requiring text input).

[0168] The GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to the phone 138 for location-based dialing, to the camera 143 as image / video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services, such as a weather widget, a local yellow pages widget, and a maps / navigation widget).

[0169] Application 136 optionally includes the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof: ● a contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact list); ● Telephone module 138, ● Videoconferencing module 139; ● an email client module 140; ● Instant messaging (IM) module 141, ● Training support module 142, A camera module 143 for still and / or video images, ● Image management module 144, ●Video player module, ●Music player module, ● Browser module 147, ● Calendar module 148, ● A widget module 149, optionally including one or more of a weather widget 149-1, a stocks widget 149-2, a calculator widget 149-3, an alarm clock widget 149-4, a dictionary widget 149-5, and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 149-6; ● a widget creation module 150 for creating user-created widgets 149-6; ● Search module 151, A video and music player module 152 that integrates a video player module and a music player module; ● Memo module 153, Map module 154, and / or ●Online video module 155.

[0170] Examples of other applications 136 optionally stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA® enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice duplication.

[0171] In conjunction with the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact / motion module 130, the graphics module 132, and the text input module 134, the contacts module 137 is used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in the memory 102 or in the application internal state 192 of the contacts module 137 in the memory 370), optionally including adding a name(s) to the address book, deleting a name from the address book, associating a phone number(s), email address(es), physical address(es), or other information with a name, associating an image with a name, categorizing and sorting names, providing phone numbers or email addresses to initiate and / or facilitate communication by phone 138, videoconferencing module 139, email 140, or IM 141, and the like.

[0172] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, telephone module 138 is optionally used to enter character sequences corresponding to telephone numbers, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module 137, modify entered telephone numbers, dial respective telephone numbers, conduct conversations, and disconnect or hang up when a conversation is completed. As previously mentioned, wireless communication optionally uses any of a number of communication standards, protocols, and technologies.

[0173] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, light sensor 164, light sensor controller 158, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, contacts module 137, and telephone module 138, videoconferencing module 139 contains executable instructions for initiating, conducting, and terminating a videoconference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user commands.

[0174] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, email client module 140 contains executable instructions for composing, sending, receiving, and managing emails in response to user commands. In conjunction with image management module 144, email client module 140 greatly facilitates the creation and sending of emails with still or video images captured by camera module 143.

[0175] In cooperation with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, instant messaging module 141 includes executable instructions for entering character sequences corresponding to instant messages, modifying previously entered characters, sending respective instant messages (e.g., using Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocols for telephony-based instant messaging, or XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messaging), receiving instant messages, and viewing received instant messages. In some embodiments, sent and / or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files, and / or other attachments supported by MMS and / or Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, "instant messaging" refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).

[0176] The training support module 142 includes executable instructions to interface with the RF circuitry 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact / motion module 130, the graphics module 132, the text input module 134, the GPS module 135, the map module 154, and the music player module to create workouts (e.g., having time, distance, and / or calorie burn goals), communicate with training sensors (sports devices), receive training sensor data, calibrate sensors used to monitor the workouts, select and play music for the workouts, and display, store, and transmit the workout data.

[0177] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, light sensor(s) 164, light sensor controller 158, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, and image management module 144, camera module 143 contains executable instructions for capturing and storing still images or video (including video streams) in memory 102, modifying characteristics of the still images or video, or deleting still images or video from memory 102.

[0178] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and camera module 143, image management module 144 contains executable instructions for arranging, modifying (e.g., editing), or otherwise manipulating, labeling, deleting, presenting (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and storing still and / or video images.

[0179] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, browser module 147 contains executable instructions for browsing the Internet according to user commands, including retrieving, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.

[0180] The calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to cooperate with the RF circuitry 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact / motion module 130, the graphics module 132, the text input module 134, the email client module 140, and the browser module 147 to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with the calendars (e.g., agenda items, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.

[0181] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, touch / motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, widget module 149 is optionally a mini-application (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) that is downloaded and used by a user, or a mini-application (e.g., user-created widget 149-6) that is created by a user. In some embodiments, a widget includes a Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) file, a Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an Extensible Markup Language (XML) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widget).

[0182] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, touch / motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, widget creation module 150 is optionally used by a user to create a widget (e.g., turn a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).

[0183] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, search module 151 contains executable instructions for searching for text, music, sound, images, video, and / or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user commands.

[0184] In conjunction with touchscreen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, video and music player module 152 contains executable instructions that enable a user to download and play pre-recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, as well as executable instructions for displaying, presenting, or otherwise playing videos (on touchscreen 112 or on an external display connected via external port 124). In some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (a trademark of Apple Inc.).

[0185] In conjunction with the touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the notes module 153 contains executable instructions for creating and managing notes, to-do lists, and the like according to user commands.

[0186] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, touch / motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, map module 154 is used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with the maps (e.g., driving directions, data regarding businesses and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) optionally in accordance with user instructions.

[0187] In conjunction with touchscreen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module 134, email client module 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 includes instructions that enable a user to access, browse for, receive (e.g., by streaming and / or downloading), play (e.g., on the touchscreen or on an external display connected via external port 124) particular online videos, send emails with links to particular online videos, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module 141 is used to send links to particular online videos rather than email client module 140. Additional description of online video applications can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60 / 936,562, entitled "Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos," filed June 20, 2007, and U.S. Patent Application No. 11 / 968,067, entitled "Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos," filed December 31, 2007, the contents of which are incorporated by reference in their entireties herein.

[0188] Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions that perform one or more of the functions previously described and methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus, in various embodiments, various subsets of these modules are optionally combined or otherwise reconfigured. For example, a video player module is optionally combined with a music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module 152 of FIG. 1A). In some embodiments, memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the above-identified modules and data structures. Additionally, memory 102 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.

[0189] In some embodiments, device 100 is a device in which operation of a given set of functions is performed exclusively through a touchscreen and / or touchpad. Using the touchscreen and / or touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100 optionally reduces the number of physical input control devices (push buttons, dials, etc.) on device 100.

[0190] The set of predefined functions performed only through the touchscreen and / or touchpad optionally includes navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by a user, navigates device 100 to a main menu, a home menu, or a root menu from any user interface displayed on device 100. In such embodiments, a "menu button" is implemented using the touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device rather than a touchpad.

[0191] 1B is a block diagram illustrating example components for event processing, according to some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) includes event sorter 170 (e.g., within operating system 126) and a respective application 136-1 (e.g., any of applications 137-151, 155, 380-390 discussed above).

[0192] Event sorter 170 receives the event information and determines which application 136-1 to deliver the event information to and application view 191 of application 136-1. Event sorter 170 includes an event monitor 171 and an event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes application internal state 192 that indicates the current application view(s) that are displayed on touch-sensitive display 112 when the application is active or running. In some embodiments, device / global internal state 157 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which application view 191 to deliver the event information to.

[0193] In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes additional information such as one or more of resume information to be used when application 136-1 resumes execution, user interface state information indicating or ready to display information being displayed by application 136-1, state cues that enable a user to return to a previous state or view of application 136-1, and redo / undo cues of previous actions taken by the user.

[0194] Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118. The event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display 112 as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from I / O subsystem 106 or sensors such as proximity sensor 166, accelerometer(s) 168, and / or microphone 113 (via audio circuitry 110). Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I / O subsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.

[0195] In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receipt of an input above a predetermined noise threshold and / or for a predetermined duration).

[0196] In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit view determination module 172 and / or an active event recognizer determination module 173.

[0197] Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures that determine where a sub-event occurred within one or more views when touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. A view consists of the controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.

[0198] Another aspect of a user interface associated with an application is the set of views, sometimes referred to herein as application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and in which touch-based gestures occur. The application view (of the respective application) in which the touch is detected optionally corresponds to a programmatic level within the programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which the touch is detected is optionally referred to as a hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as suitable inputs is optionally determined based at least in part on the hit view of the initial touch that initiates the touch-based gesture.

[0199] Hit view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchical manner, hit view determination module 172 identifies the hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy that should process the sub-events. In most situations, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event (e.g., the first sub-event in a sub-event sequence that forms an event or potential event) occurs. Once a hit view is identified by hit view determination module 172, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source as identified as the hit view.

[0200] Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which views in the view hierarchy should receive the particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive the particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that contain the physical location of the sub-event are actively participating views, and therefore all actively participating views should receive the particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if the touch sub-event is completely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy still remain actively participating views.

[0201] Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to event recognizers (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments that include active event recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to the event recognizers determined by active event recognizer determination module 173. In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores event information obtained by each event receiver 182 in an event queue.

[0202] In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event sorter 170. Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event sorter 170. In yet other embodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module or is part of another module stored in memory 102, such as contact / motion module 130.

[0203] In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes multiple event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each including instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application's user interface. Each application view 191 of application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers 180. Typically, each application view 191 includes multiple event recognizers 180. In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit or a higher-level object from which application 136-1 inherits methods and other attributes. In some embodiments, each event handler 190 includes one or more of data updaters 176, object updaters 177, GUI updaters 178, and / or event data 179 received from event sorter 170. Event handlers 190 optionally utilize or call data updaters 176, object updaters 177, or GUI updaters 178 to update application internal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of the application views 191 include one or more respective event handlers 190. Also, in some embodiments, one or more of the data updater 176, the object updater 177, and the GUI updater 178 are included in each application view 191.

[0204] Each event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g., event data 179) from event sorter 170 and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer 180 includes an event receiver 182 and an event comparator 184. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of metadata 183 and event delivery instructions 188 (optionally including sub-event delivery instructions).

[0205] Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170. The event information includes information about a sub-event, e.g., a touch or a movement of a touch. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as the location of the sub-event. When the sub-event involves a movement of a touch, the event information also optionally includes the speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, the event includes a rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from portrait to landscape or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation of the device (also referred to as the device's attitude).

[0206] The event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and determines the event or sub-event or determines or updates the state of the event or sub-event based on the comparison. In some embodiments, the event comparator 184 includes an event definition 186. The event definition 186 includes definitions of events (e.g., a sequence of predefined sub-events), such as event 1 (187-1) and event 2 (187-2). In some embodiments, sub-events in an event (187) include, for example, touch start, touch end, touch movement, touch stop, and multiple touches. In one example, the definition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap includes, for example, a first touch on a displayed object for a given stage (touch start), a first lift off (touch end) for a given stage, a second touch on a displayed object for a given stage (touch start), and a second lift off (touch end) for a given stage. In another example, a definition of event 2 (187-2) is a drag on a displayed object. A drag includes, for example, a touch (or contact) on a displayed object to a predetermined stage, a movement of the touch across the touch-sensitive display 112, and a lift-off of the touch (end of the touch). In some embodiments, the event also includes information regarding one or more associated event handlers 190.

[0207] In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes a definition of the event for each user interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user interface object is associated with the sub-event. For example, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 112 in an application view in which three user interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three user interface objects is associated with the touch (the sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 190, event comparator 184 uses the results of the hit test to determine which event handler 190 to activate. For example, event comparator 184 selects the event handler associated with the sub-event and object that triggers the hit test.

[0208] In some embodiments, the definition for each event (187) also includes a delay action that delays delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sub-event sequence corresponds to the event recognizer's event type.

[0209] If the respective event recognizer 180 determines that the sequence of sub-events does not match any of the events in the event definition 186, the respective event recognizer 180 enters an event disabled, event failed, or event finished state and thereafter ignores the next sub-event of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, any other event recognizers that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of the ongoing touch-based gesture.

[0210] In some embodiments, each event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and / or lists that indicate to actively participating event recognizers how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and / or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact with each other or are enabled to interact with each other. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and / or lists that indicate how sub-events are delivered to various levels in a view or programmatic hierarchy.

[0211] In some embodiments, each event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of the event are recognized. In some embodiments, each event recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with the event to the event handler 190. Activating the event handler 190 is separate from sending (and deferring sending) the sub-events to the respective hit view. In some embodiments, the event recognizer 180 pops a flag associated with the recognized event, and the event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predetermined process.

[0212] In some embodiments, the event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver the event information to an event handler associated with a set of sub-events or to an actively participating view. The event handler associated with the set of sub-events or the actively participating view receives the event information and performs the specified processing.

[0213] In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used by application 136-1. For example, data updater 176 updates phone numbers used by contacts module 137 or stores video files used by a video player module. In some embodiments, object updater 177 creates and updates objects used by application 136-1. For example, object updater 177 creates new user interface objects or updates the positions of user interface objects. GUI updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends the display information to graphics module 132 for display on the touch-sensitive display.

[0214] In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 includes or has access to data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178. In some embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of the respective application 136-1 or application view 191. In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.

[0215] It should be understood that the foregoing description of event processing of a user's touch on a touch-sensitive display also applies to other forms of user input for operating multifunction device 100 with input devices, not all of which are initiated on a touch screen. For example, mouse movements and mouse button presses, contact movements such as tapping, dragging, scrolling on a touchpad, optionally coordinated with single or multiple presses or holds of a keyboard, pen stylus input, device movement, verbal commands, detected eye movements, biometric input, and / or any combination thereof, are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events that define the event to be recognized.

[0216] FIG. 2 illustrates portable multifunction device 100 having touch screen 112, according to some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics in user interface (UI) 200. In this embodiment, as well as other embodiments described below, a user may select one or more of the graphics by performing a gesture on the graphics, for example, using one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when a user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (left to right, right to left, upwards, and / or downwards), and / or a roll of a finger in contact with device 100 (right to left, left to right, upwards, and / or downwards). In some implementations or situations, accidental contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, if the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap, a swipe gesture sweeping over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application.

[0217] Device 100 also optionally includes one or more physical buttons, such as a "home" button or menu button 204. As previously mentioned, menu button 204 is optionally used to navigate to any application 136, optionally within a set of applications running on device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key within a GUI displayed on touch screen 112.

[0218] In some embodiments, device 100 includes touch screen 112, menu button 204, push button(s) 206 for powering the device on / off and locking the device, volume control buttons 208, subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot 210, headset jack 212, and external port 124 for docking / charging. Push button 206 is optionally used to power the device on / off by pressing and holding the button down for a predefined period of time, to lock the device by pressing and releasing the button before the predefined time has elapsed, and / or to unlock the device or initiate an unlocking process. In alternative embodiments, device 100 also accepts verbal input via microphone 113 to activate or deactivate some functions. Device 100 also optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting the intensity of a contact on touch screen 112 and / or one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating a tactile output to a user of device 100.

[0219] FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, according to some embodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some embodiments, device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia playback device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child's learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or commercial controller). Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 310, one or more network or other communication interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communication buses 320 that interconnect these components. Communication bus 320 optionally includes circuitry (sometimes referred to as a chipset) that interconnects and controls communication between system components. Device 300 includes input / output (I / O) interfaces 330, including a display 340, which is typically a touchscreen display. I / O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and / or mouse (or other pointing device) 350, a touchpad 355, a tactile output generator 357 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s) 167 described above with reference to FIG. 1A) that generates tactile output on device 300, and sensors 359 (e.g., light, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensing, and / or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 described above with reference to FIG. 1A). Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid-state memory devices, and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devices located remotely from CPU(s) 310.In some embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures similar to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1A), or a subset thereof. Additionally, memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100. For example, memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380, presentation module 382, ​​word processing module 384, website creation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and / or spreadsheet module 390, whereas memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1A) optionally does not store these modules.

[0220] Each of the above-identified elements of FIG. 3 is optionally stored in one or more of the memory devices mentioned above. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to an instruction set that performs the functions described above. The above-identified modules or programs (e.g., instruction sets) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus in various embodiments, various subsets of these modules are optionally combined or otherwise reconfigured. In some embodiments, memory 370 optionally stores a subset of the above-identified modules and data structures. Additionally, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.

[0221] Attention is now directed to embodiments of a user interface, optionally implemented, for example, on portable multifunction device 100.

[0222] 4A shows an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 100, according to some embodiments. A similar user interface is optionally implemented on device 300. In some embodiments, user interface 400 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: A signal strength indicator 402 for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals; ●Time 404, ●Bluetooth indicator 405, ● Battery status indicator 406, ● Tray 408 with icons of frequently used applications, such as: ○ An icon 416 for the phone module 138, labeled "Phone", optionally including an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages; ○ An icon 418 of the email client module 140, labeled “Mail”, optionally including an indicator 410 of the number of unread emails; ○ An icon 420 for the Browser module 147, labeled "Browser"; and o An icon 422 for the video and music player module 152, also referred to as the iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152, labeled "iPod"; and ● Icons of other applications, such as: ○ Icon 424 of IM module 141, labeled "Messages"; ○ Icon 426 of the Calendar module 148, labeled "Calendar", ○ Icon 428 of the image management module 144, labeled "Photos"; ○ An icon 430 of the camera module 143, labeled “camera”; ○ Icon 432 of the online video module 155, labeled "Online Video"; ○ Icon 434 of Stocks widget 149-2, labeled "Stock Prices"; ○ Icon 436 of the map module 154, labeled "Map"; ○ Icon 438 of weather widget 149-1, labeled "Weather"; ○ Icon 440 of alarm clock widget 149-4, labeled "Clock"; ○ Icon 442 of Training Support Module 142, labeled "Training Support"; ○ An icon 444 of the Notes module 153, labeled "Notes"; and ○ A settings application or module icon 446 labeled “Settings,” which provides access to settings for the device 100 and its various applications 136 .

[0223] 4A are merely exemplary. For example, icon 422 for video and music player module 152 is labeled "Music" or "Music Player," although other labels are optionally used for the various application icons. In some embodiments, the label for each application icon includes the name of the application that corresponds to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, the label of a particular application icon is different from the name of the application that corresponds to that particular application icon.

[0224] 4B shows an example user interface on a device (e.g., device 300 of FIG. 3) that has a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., tablet or touchpad 355 of FIG. 3) that is separate from display 450 (e.g., touchscreen display 112). Device 300 also optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 359) that detect the intensity of a contact on touch-sensitive surface 451 and / or one or more tactile output generators 357 that generate a tactile output to a user of device 300.

[0225] Although some of the following examples are given with reference to input on touch screen display 112 (wherein the touch-sensitive surface and display are combined), in some embodiments the device detects input on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display shown in FIG. 4B. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG. 4B) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 453 in FIG. 4B) on the display (e.g., 450). According to these embodiments, the device detects contact with touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG. 4B) at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in FIG. 4B, 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470). In this manner, user input (e.g., contacts 460 and 462 and their movements) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) is used by the device to operate a user interface on the display (e.g., 450 in FIG. 4B) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It is to be understood that similar methods are optionally used for the other user interfaces described herein.

[0226] In addition, although the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger input (e.g., finger contact, finger tap gesture, finger swipe gesture), it should be understood that in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is optionally replaced by a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of a cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of a contact movement). As another example, a tap gesture is optionally replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is positioned over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detecting a contact and then stopping detection of the contact). Similarly, it should be understood that when multiple user inputs are detected simultaneously, multiple computer mice are optionally used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are optionally used simultaneously.

[0227] FIG. 5A illustrates an exemplary personal electronic device 500. Device 500 includes a body 502. In some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices 100 and 300 (e.g., FIGS. 1A-4B). In some embodiments, device 500 has a touch-sensitive display screen 504, hereafter touch screen 504. Device 500 can alternatively, or in addition to touch screen 504, have a display and a touch-sensitive surface. Similar to devices 100 and 300, in some embodiments, touch screen 504 (or touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity sensors that detect the intensity of a contact (e.g., a touch) being applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen 504 (or touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data representative of the intensity of the touch. A user interface of device 500 can respond to a touch based on the intensity of the touch, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface actions on device 500.

[0228] Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity can be found, for example, in related applications, International Patent Application No. PCT / US2013 / 040061, filed May 8, 2013, published as International Patent Application No. WO / 2013 / 169849, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application," and International Patent Application No. PCT / US2013 / 069483, filed November 11, 2013, published as International Patent Application No. WO / 2014 / 105276, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships," each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

[0229] In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more input mechanisms 506 and 508. Input mechanisms 506 and 508, if included, can be physical mechanisms. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can allow device 500 to be attached to, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch bands, chains, pants, belts, shoes, wallets, backpacks, etc. These attachment mechanisms allow a user to wear device 500.

[0230] FIG. 5B illustrates an exemplary personal electronic device 500. In some embodiments, the device 500 can include some or all of the components described with respect to FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 3. The device 500 has a bus 512 that operably couples an I / O section 514 to one or more computer processors 516 and a memory 518. The I / O section 514 can be connected to a display 504, which can have a touch-sensitive component 522 and, optionally, an intensity sensor 524 (e.g., a contact intensity sensor). Additionally, the I / O section 514 can be connected to a communication unit 530 for receiving application and operating system data using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and / or other wireless communication technologies. The device 500 can include input mechanisms 506 and / or 508. The input mechanism 506 is optionally, for example, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device. In some examples, the input mechanism 508 is optionally a button.

[0231] In some examples, the input mechanism 508 is optionally a microphone. The personal electronic device 500 optionally includes various sensors, such as a GPS sensor 532, an accelerometer 534, an orientation sensor 540 (e.g., a compass), a gyroscope 536, a motion sensor 538, and / or combinations thereof, all of which may be operatively connected to the I / O section 514.

[0232] The memory 518 of the personal electronic device 500 may include one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage media that store computer-executable instructions that, when executed by one or more computer processors 516, may cause the computer processor to perform techniques described below, including, for example, processes 700, 900, 1100, 1300, 1500, 1700, 1900, 2000, 2100, 2300, 2500, 2700, 2800, 3000, 3200, 3400, 3600, and 3800. A computer-readable storage medium may be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with an instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium may include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and / or semiconductor storage devices. Examples of such storage devices include magnetic disks, optical disks based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technology, and resident solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, etc. The personal electronic device 500 is not limited to the components and configuration of FIG. 5B and may include other or additional components in multiple configurations.

[0233] As used herein, the term "affordance" refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that is optionally displayed on a display screen of device 100, 300, and / or 500 (FIGS. 1A, 3, and 5A-5B). For example, images (e.g., icons), buttons, and text (e.g., hyperlinks) each optionally constitute an affordance.

[0234] The term "focus selector" as used herein refers to an input element that indicates the current portion of the user interface with which the user is interacting. In some implementations involving a cursor or other position marker, the cursor acts as the "focus selector," such that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 355 of FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 of FIG. 4B) while the cursor is positioned over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted according to the detected input. In some implementations involving a touchscreen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 of FIG. 1A or touchscreen 112 of FIG. 4A) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touchscreen display, a detected contact on the touchscreen acts as the "focus selector," such that when an input (e.g., a press input by contact) is detected at the location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element) on the touchscreen display, the particular user interface element is adjusted according to the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of the user interface to another region of the user interface without a corresponding cursor movement or contact movement on the touchscreen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another), and in these implementations, the focus selector moves to follow the movement of focus between various regions of the user interface. Regardless of the particular form the focus selector takes, the focus selector is generally a user interface element (or contact on a touchscreen display) that is controlled by the user to communicate the user's intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating to the device the element of the user interface with which the user intends to interact).For example, positioning of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, touch, or selection box) over a corresponding button while a press input is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touchscreen) indicates that the user intends to activate that corresponding button (and not another user interface element shown on the device's display).

[0235] As used herein and in the claims, the term "characteristic intensity" of a contact refers to a characteristic of that contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on a plurality of intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is optionally based on a predefined number of intensity samples, i.e., a set of intensity samples collected during a predefined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) associated with a predefined event (e.g., after detecting a contact, before detecting lift-off of the contact, before or after detecting the start of movement of the contact, before detecting the end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in the intensity of the contact, and / or before or after detecting a decrease in the intensity of the contact). The characteristic intensity of a contact is optionally based on one or more of a maximum intensity of the contact, a mean value of the intensity of the contact, an average value of the intensity of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensity of the contact, a half maximum intensity value of the contact, a 90 percent maximum intensity value of the contact, etc. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an action is performed by the user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact having a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first action, a contact having a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold but not the second intensity threshold results in a second action, and a contact having a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third action. In some embodiments, the comparison between the characteristic intensity and the one or more thresholds is not used to determine whether the first action or the second action should be performed, but rather to determine whether one or more actions should be performed (e.g., whether to perform the respective action or to forego performing the respective action).

[0236] FIG. 5C illustrates detecting multiple contacts 552A-552E on touch-sensitive display screen 504 by multiple intensity sensors 524A-524D. FIG. 5C additionally includes an intensity diagram showing the current intensity measurements of intensity sensors 524A-524D versus intensity units. In this example, the intensity measurements of intensity sensors 524A and 524D are each 9 intensity units, and the intensity measurements of intensity sensors 524B and 524C are each 7 intensity units. In some implementations, the aggregate intensity is the sum of the intensity measurements of multiple intensity sensors 524A-524D, which in this example is 32 intensity units. In some embodiments, each contact is assigned a respective intensity that is a portion of the aggregate intensity. FIG. 5D illustrates assigning aggregate intensities to contacts 552A-552E based on their distance from center of force 554. In this example, each of contacts 552A, 552B, and 552E is assigned a contact intensity of 8 intensity units of the aggregate intensity, and each of contacts 552C and 552D is assigned a contact intensity of 4 intensity units of the aggregate intensity. More generally, in some implementations, each contact j is assigned a respective intensity Ij that is a portion of the aggregate intensity A according to a predetermined mathematical function Ij=A·(Dj / ΣDi), where Dj is the distance from the center of force to the respective contact j, and ΣDi is the sum of the distances from the center of force to all respective contacts (e.g., from i=1 to the end). The operations described with reference to FIGS. 5C-5D can be performed using electronic devices similar or identical to device 100, 300, or 500. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity of the contact is based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, an intensity sensor is used to determine a single characteristic intensity (e.g., a single characteristic intensity of a single contact). Note that the intensity diagrams are not part of the displayed user interface, but are included in FIGS. 5C-5D as an aid to the reader.

[0237] In some embodiments, a portion of the gesture is identified for purposes of determining the characteristic intensity. For example, the touch-sensitive surface optionally receives successive swipe contacts that transition from a start position to an end position, at which point the intensity of the contacts increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the contacts at the end position is optionally based on only a portion of the successive swipe contacts (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contacts at the end position) rather than the entire swipe contact. In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm is optionally applied to the intensity of the swipe contacts bef...

Claims

1. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface comprising: a camera display area containing a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a camera control area containing multiple control affordances; and displaying the camera user interface without displaying a first control affordance associated with the first predefined condition and without displaying a second control affordance associated with the second predefined condition while a first predefined condition and a second predefined condition are not satisfied; Detecting a change in condition while displaying the camera user interface without displaying the first control affordance and without displaying the second control affordance; and In response to detecting said change in condition, displaying the first control affordance in accordance with determining that the first predetermined condition is satisfied; and displaying the second control affordance in accordance with determining that the second predetermined condition is satisfied; and A method comprising:

2. In response to detecting said change in condition, simultaneously displaying the first control affordance and the second control affordance in accordance with determining that the first and second predetermined conditions are met; The method of claim 1 further comprising:

3. In response to detecting said change in condition, displaying the first control affordance while ceasing to display the second control affordance according to a determination that the first predefined condition is satisfied and the second predefined condition is not satisfied; and displaying the second control affordance while ceasing to display the first control affordance according to a determination that the first predefined condition is not satisfied and the second predefined condition is satisfied; and The method of claim 1 or 2, further comprising:

4. 4. The method of claim 1, wherein the first predetermined condition is met when the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras falls below a first predetermined threshold, and the first control affordance is an affordance for controlling flash operation.

5. 5. The method of claim 1, wherein the first predetermined condition is met when the electronic device is connected to an accessory of a first type, and the first control affordance is an affordance for controlling a timer operation.

6. 6. The method of claim 1, wherein the first predetermined condition is met when the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras falls below a second predetermined threshold, and the first control affordance is an affordance for controlling a low-light capture mode.

7. 7. The method of claim 1, wherein the first predetermined condition is met when the electronic device is configured to capture an image in a first capture mode, and the first control affordance is an affordance for controlling a lighting effects operation.

8. receiving a selection of the affordance that controls the light effects operation while displaying the affordance that controls the light effects operation; In response to receiving the selection of the affordance controlling the lighting effects operation, displaying an affordance that, when adjusted, adjusts the lighting effects applied to the representations of the fields of view of the one or more cameras. The method of claim 7 further comprising:

9. while displaying the first control affordance, simultaneously displaying an indication of a current state of a property of the electronic device associated with the first control affordance; The method of claim 1 , further comprising:

10. 10. The method of claim 9, wherein the characteristic has one or more active states and one or more inactive states, and displaying the indication pursuant to determining that the characteristic is in at least one of the one or more active states.

11. 11. The method of claim 9 or 10, wherein the property is a first flash operation setting and the current state of the property is that flash operation is enabled.

12. The method of claim 9 , wherein the property is a second flash operation setting and the current state of the property is that flash operation is disabled.

13. 13. The method of claim 9, wherein the property is an image capture mode setting, the current state of the property is that the image capture mode is enabled, and the electronic device is configured to capture still images and video in response to an input corresponding to a request to capture media.

14. 14. The method of claim 9, wherein the characteristic is a second image capture mode setting, the current state of the characteristic is that the second image capture mode is enabled, and the electronic device is configured to capture media using high dynamic range imaging effects in response to an input corresponding to a request to capture media.

15. 15. The method of claim 9, wherein the camera control area is displayed adjacent to a first side of the display device and the indication is displayed adjacent to a second side of the display device opposite the first side.

16. 16. The method of claim 1, wherein the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras extends across a portion of the camera user interface that includes the first control affordance and / or the second control affordance.

17. In response to displaying the first control affordance, displaying a second indication associated with the first control affordance according to determining that the first control affordance is of a first type; and displaying the second indication associated with the first control affordance in accordance with determining that the first control affordance is of a second type different from the first type and determining that a second characteristic of the electronic device associated with the first control affordance is in an active state; and ceasing to display the second indication associated with the first control affordance in accordance with determining that the first control affordance is of a second type different from the first type and determining that the second characteristic of the electronic device associated with the first control affordance is in an inactive state; and 17. The method of any one of claims 1 to 16, further comprising:

18. 18. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 1 to 17.

19. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 1 to 17.

20. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras and means for carrying out the method according to any one of claims 1 to 17; An electronic device comprising:

21. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising: via the display device, a camera user interface, a camera display area containing a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a camera control area containing multiple control affordances; displaying a camera user interface including while a first predefined condition and a second predefined condition are not satisfied, displaying the camera user interface without displaying a first control affordance associated with the first predefined condition and without displaying a second control affordance associated with the second predefined condition; detecting a change in a condition while displaying the camera user interface without displaying the first control affordance and without displaying the second control affordance; In response to detecting said change in condition, displaying the first control affordance in accordance with a determination that the first predetermined condition is satisfied; displaying the second control affordance in accordance with determining that the second predetermined condition is satisfied. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

22. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are via the display device, a camera user interface, a camera display area containing a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a camera control area containing multiple control affordances; displaying a camera user interface including while a first predefined condition and a second predefined condition are not satisfied, displaying the camera user interface without displaying a first control affordance associated with the first predefined condition and without displaying a second control affordance associated with the second predefined condition; detecting a change in a condition while displaying the camera user interface without displaying the first control affordance and without displaying the second control affordance; In response to detecting said change in condition, displaying the first control affordance in accordance with a determination that the first predetermined condition is satisfied; displaying the second control affordance in accordance with determining that the second predetermined condition is satisfied. An electronic device containing instructions.

23. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; means for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface comprising: a camera display area containing a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a camera control area containing multiple control affordances; a means for means for displaying the camera user interface while a first predefined condition and a second predefined condition are not satisfied, without displaying a first control affordance associated with the first predefined condition and without displaying a second control affordance associated with the second predefined condition; means for detecting a change of condition while displaying the camera user interface without displaying the first control affordance and without displaying the second control affordance; In response to detecting said change in condition, displaying the first control affordance in accordance with a determination that the first predetermined condition is satisfied; displaying the second control affordance in accordance with determining that the second predetermined condition is satisfied. Means and An electronic device comprising:

24. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface comprising: a camera display area containing a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a camera control area including a plurality of camera mode affordances in a first position; and detecting a first gesture on the camera user interface while displaying the camera user interface; modifying an appearance of the camera control area in response to detecting the first gesture; displaying one or more additional camera mode affordances at the first location in accordance with determining that the first gesture is a first type of gesture; and ceasing to display the plurality of camera mode affordances and displaying a plurality of camera setting affordances at the first location in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a gesture of a second type different from the first type, the camera setting affordances being settings for adjusting image capture of a currently selected camera mode; and A method comprising:

25. 25. The method of claim 24, wherein the camera control area includes an affordance that displays the plurality of camera setting affordances, and the gesture of the second type is a selection of the affordance that displays the plurality of camera setting affordances.

26. 25. The method of claim 24, wherein the gesture of the second type is a movement of a contact within the camera display area.

27. 27. The method of claim 24, wherein the gesture of the first type is a movement of a contact over at least one of the plurality of camera mode affordances.

28. Detecting a second gesture on the camera user interface corresponding to a request to display a first representation of previously captured media; displaying a first representation of the previously captured media in response to detecting the second gesture; and 28. The method of any one of claims 24 to 27, further comprising:

29. Detecting capture of a first media using the one or more cameras while not displaying a representation of previously captured media; In response to detecting the capture of the first media, displaying one or more representations of the captured media, including a representation of the first media; 29. The method of any one of claims 24 to 28, further comprising:

30. 30. The method of any one of claims 24 to 29, wherein the plurality of camera setting affordances includes an affordance that, when displayed, configures the electronic device to capture media displayed in a first aspect ratio in response to a first request to capture media.

31. receiving a third request to capture media while the electronic device is configured to capture media displayed in the first aspect ratio when displayed; In response to receiving the third request to capture media, displaying a representation of the captured media having the first aspect ratio; and receiving a request to change the representation of the captured media having the first aspect ratio to a representation of the captured media having a second aspect ratio; In response to receiving the request to change the representation of the captured media having the first aspect ratio to the representation of the captured media having the second aspect ratio, displaying the representation of the captured media having the second aspect ratio; 31. The method of claim 30, further comprising:

32. 32. The method of claim 31 , wherein the representation of the captured media having the second aspect ratio includes visual content that is not present in the representation of the captured media having the first aspect ratio.

33. The representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras is displayed at a first zoom level, and the method comprises: receiving a first request to change the zoom level of the representation while displaying the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at the first zoom level; In response to receiving the first request to change the zoom level of the representation, displaying a second representation field of view of the one or more cameras at a second zoom level greater than the first zoom level in response to a determination that the request to change the zoom level of the representation corresponds to a request to increase the zoom level of the representation; 33. The method of claim 24, further comprising: displaying a third representation field of view of the one or more cameras at a third zoom level that is less than the first zoom level in accordance with a determination that the request to change the zoom level of the representation corresponds to a request to decrease the zoom level of the representation.

34. receiving a second request to change the zoom level of the representation while displaying the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a fourth zoom level; In response to receiving the second request to change the zoom level of the representation, displaying a fourth representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras at the third zoom level in accordance with determining that the fourth zoom level is the second zoom level; and displaying a fifth representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras at the first zoom level in accordance with determining that the fourth zoom level is the third zoom level; and displaying a sixth representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras at the second zoom level in accordance with determining that the fourth zoom level is the first zoom level; and 34. The method of claim 33, further comprising:

35. displaying the camera user interface includes displaying an affordance including a graphical indication of a state of a capture setting; 35. The method of any one of claims 24 to 34, wherein the gesture of the second type corresponds to a selection of the graphical indication.

36. Displaying the plurality of camera setting affordances at the first location includes: displaying a first set of camera setting affordances at the first location in accordance with a determination that the electronic device is configured to capture media in a first camera mode while the gesture of the second type was detected; and displaying a second set of camera setting affordances at the first location, the second set being different from the first set of camera setting affordances, in accordance with a determination that the electronic device is configured to capture media in a second camera mode, the second set being different from the first camera mode, while the gesture of the second type was detected; 36. The method of any one of claims 24 to 35, comprising:

37. 37. The method of claim 36, wherein the first set of camera setting affordances includes a first camera setting affordance, and the second set of camera setting affordances includes the first camera setting affordance.

38. The first camera mode is a still photo capture mode, and the first set of camera setting affordances include: an affordance including a visual indication corresponding to a flash setting; affordances that include visual indications corresponding to the live setting; an affordance including a visual indication corresponding to the aspect ratio setting; an affordance including a visual indication corresponding to the timer setting; an affordance that includes a visual indication corresponding to the filter setting; 38. The method of claim 36 or 37, comprising one or more affordances selected from the group consisting of:

39. The first camera mode is a portrait mode, and the first set of camera setting affordances is: an affordance including a visual indication corresponding to the depth control setting; an affordance including a visual indication corresponding to a flash setting; an affordance including a visual indication corresponding to the timer setting; an affordance that includes a visual indication corresponding to the filter setting; an affordance including a visual indication corresponding to the lighting setting; 38. The method of claim 36 or 37, comprising one or more affordances selected from the group consisting of:

40. The first gesture is of the first type, and detecting the first gesture includes detecting a first portion of the first gesture and a second portion of the first gesture, and the method further comprises: In response to detecting the first portion of the first gesture, displaying via the display device a boundary including one or more distinct boundary elements that enclose at least a portion of the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to detecting the second portion of the first gesture, translating the border in a first direction across a display of the display device until at least a portion of the border is translated off the display and ceases to be displayed; 40. The method of any one of claims 24 to 39, further comprising:

41. 41. The method of claim 40, wherein detecting the second portion of the first gesture includes detecting a second contact that moves in the first direction.

42. the second contact is detected on the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; 42. The method of claim 41, wherein a rate at which the translating of the boundary occurs is proportional to a rate of movement of the second contact in the first direction.

43. 42. The method of claim 41, wherein translating the boundary comprises changing the visual appearance of the at least a portion of the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras enclosed by the boundary.

44. detecting a second request to capture media while the electronic device is configured to capture media in a third camera mode; In response to receiving the second request to capture media, capturing media using the one or more cameras based on a setting corresponding to the third camera mode and at least one setting corresponding to an affordance of the plurality of camera setting affordances; 44. The method of any one of claims 24 to 43, further comprising:

45. 45. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 24 to 44.

46. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 45. An electronic device comprising: said one or more programs comprising instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 24 to 44.

47. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras and means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 24 to 44; An electronic device comprising:

48. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising: via the display device, a camera user interface, a camera display area containing a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a camera control area including a plurality of camera mode affordances in a first position; displaying a camera user interface including detecting a first gesture on the camera user interface while displaying the camera user interface; In response to detecting the first gesture, displaying one or more additional camera mode affordances at the first location in accordance with determining that the first gesture is a first type of gesture; and ceasing to display the plurality of camera mode affordances and displaying a plurality of camera setting affordances at the first location in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a gesture of a second type different from the first type, the camera setting affordances being settings for adjusting image capture of a currently selected camera mode; modifying the appearance of the camera control area, including A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

49. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are via the display device, a camera user interface, a camera display area containing a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a camera control area including a plurality of camera mode affordances in a first position; displaying a camera user interface including detecting a first gesture on the camera user interface while displaying the camera user interface; In response to detecting the first gesture, displaying one or more additional camera mode affordances at the first location in accordance with determining that the first gesture is a first type of gesture; and ceasing to display the plurality of camera mode affordances and displaying a plurality of camera setting affordances at the first location in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a gesture of a second type different from the first type, the camera setting affordances being settings for adjusting image capture of a currently selected camera mode; modifying the appearance of the camera control area, including An electronic device containing instructions.

50. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; means for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface comprising: a camera display area containing a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a camera control area including a plurality of camera mode affordances in a first position; a means for means for detecting a first gesture on the camera user interface while displaying the camera user interface; means for modifying an appearance of the camera control area in response to detecting the first gesture, the means comprising: displaying one or more additional camera mode affordances at the first location in accordance with determining that the first gesture is a first type of gesture; and ceasing to display the plurality of camera mode affordances and displaying a plurality of camera setting affordances at the first location in accordance with a determination that the first gesture is a gesture of a second type different from the first type, the camera setting affordances being settings for adjusting image capture of a currently selected camera mode; a means for An electronic device comprising:

51. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, receiving a request to display a camera user interface; In response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface and in response to determining that each criterion is not met, displaying the camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface comprising: a first region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a second region including a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras being visually distinct from the first portion; and detecting an input corresponding to a request to capture media with the one or more cameras while the camera user interface is displayed; In response to detecting the input corresponding to the request to capture media with the one or more cameras, capturing a media item with the one or more cameras, the media item including visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras and visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; receiving a request to display the media item after capturing the media item; In response to receiving the request to display the media item, displaying a first representation of the visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras without displaying a representation of at least a portion of the visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; A method comprising:

52. detecting, while displaying the first representation of the visual content, a set of one or more inputs corresponding to a request to modify the representation of the visual content; displaying a second representation of the visual content in response to detecting the set of one or more inputs, the second representation of the visual content including visual content from at least a portion of the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras and visual content based on at least a portion of the visual content from the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras that was not included in the first representation of the visual content; 52. The method of claim 51, further comprising:

53. the first representation of the visual content is from a first visual perspective; 53. The method of claim 52, wherein the second representation of the visual content is a representation from a second visual perspective different from the first visual perspective, generated based on at least a portion of the visual content from the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras that was not included in the first representation of the visual content.

54. the first representation of the visual content is a representation in a first orientation; 53. The method of claim 52, wherein the second representation of the visual content is a representation in a second orientation different from the first orientation, generated based on at least a portion of the visual content from the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras that was not included in the first representation of the visual content.

55. The first representation is displayed at a first zoom level, and the method comprises: the first representation of the visual content is a representation at a first zoom level; the second representation of the visual content is a representation at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level, generated based on at least a portion of the visual content from the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras that was not included in the first representation of the visual content; 53. The method of claim 52, further comprising:

56. 56. The method of any one of claims 51 to 55, further comprising generating the first representation of the visual content based at least in part on a digital image stabilization operation using at least a second portion of the visual content from the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras.

57. after capturing the media item, performing an object tracking operation using at least a third portion of the visual content from the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; 57. The method of any one of claims 51 to 56, further comprising:

58. The request to display the media item is a first request to display the media item, and the method includes: receiving a second request to display the media item after displaying the first representation of the visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras without displaying the representation of at least a portion of the visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to receiving the second request to display the media item, displaying the first representation of the visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras and the representation of the visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; 58. The method of any one of claims 51 to 57, further comprising:

59. in response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface and in accordance with a determination that each criterion is satisfied, displaying via the display device a second camera user interface, the second camera user interface including the representation of the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras without including the representation of the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; 59. The method of any one of claims 51 to 58, further comprising:

60. The method comprises: receiving a request to display a previously captured media item; In response to receiving the request to display the previously captured media item, displaying an indication of additional content in accordance with a determination that the previously captured media item was captured when the respective criterion was not met; and ceasing to display an indication of additional content in accordance with a determination that the previously captured media item has been captured when the respective criterion is met; and 60. The method of claim 59, further comprising:

61. 61. The method of claim 59 or 60, wherein the respective criteria include criteria that are met when the electronic device is configured to capture media items at a resolution of 4000 horizontal pixels or greater.

62. 62. A method according to any one of claims 59 to 61, wherein the respective criteria include criteria that are met when the electronic device is configured to operate in portrait mode at a given zoom level.

63. 63. A method according to any one of claims 59 to 62, wherein the respective criteria include a criterion that is met when at least one of the one or more cameras fails to maintain focus for a predetermined period of time.

64. the input corresponding to the request to capture media with the one or more cameras is a first input corresponding to the request to capture media with the one or more cameras; The method comprises: detecting a second input corresponding to a request to capture media with the one or more cameras while the camera user interface is displayed; in response to detecting the second input corresponding to the request to capture media with the one or more cameras; In response to determining that the electronic device is configured to capture visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on an additional content setting, capturing the first representation of the visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras and capturing the representation of at least the portion of the visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; in response to determining that the electronic device is not configured to capture visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the additional content setting; capturing the first representation of the visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras without capturing the representation of at least the portion of the visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; 64. The method of any one of claims 51 to 63, further comprising:

65. 65. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 51 to 64.

66. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 65. An electronic device comprising:

67. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras and means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 51 to 64; An electronic device comprising:

68. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising: receiving a request to display a camera user interface; In response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface and in response to determining that each criterion is not met, via the display device, the camera user interface, a first region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a second region including a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras being visually distinct from the first portion; displaying the camera user interface, detecting an input corresponding to a request to capture media with the one or more cameras while the camera user interface is displayed; In response to detecting the input corresponding to the request to capture media with the one or more cameras, capturing a media item with the one or more cameras, the media item including visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras and visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; receiving a request to display the media item after capturing the media item; responsive to receiving the request to display the media item, displaying a first representation of the visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras without displaying a representation of at least a portion of the visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

69. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are receiving a request to display a camera user interface; In response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface and in response to determining that each criterion is not met, via the display device, the camera user interface, a first region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a second region including a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras being visually distinct from the first portion; displaying the camera user interface, detecting an input corresponding to a request to capture media with the one or more cameras while the camera user interface is displayed; In response to detecting the input corresponding to the request to capture media with the one or more cameras, capturing a media item with the one or more cameras, the media item including visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras and visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; receiving a request to display the media item after capturing the media item; responsive to receiving the request to display the media item, displaying a first representation of the visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras without displaying a representation of at least a portion of the visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras. An electronic device containing instructions.

70. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; means for receiving a request to display a camera user interface; In response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface and in response to determining that each criterion is not met, means for displaying the camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface comprising: a first region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a second region including a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras being visually distinct from the first portion; a means for means for detecting an input corresponding to a request to capture media with the one or more cameras while the camera user interface is displayed; means for capturing, in response to detecting the input corresponding to the request to capture media with the one or more cameras, a media item with the one or more cameras, the media item including visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras and visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; means for receiving a request to display the media item after capturing the media item; means for displaying a first representation of the visual content corresponding to the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras without displaying a representation of at least a portion of the visual content corresponding to the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in response to receiving the request to display the media item; An electronic device comprising:

71. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; detecting a request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the camera user interface; capturing media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras and displaying a representation of the captured media in response to detecting the request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras; While displaying the representation of the captured media, detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for a predetermined period of time; ceasing displaying at least a first portion of the representation of the captured media while maintaining display of the camera user interface in response to detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for the predetermined period of time; A method comprising:

72. Ceasing to display at least the first portion of the representation of the captured media while maintaining the display of the camera user interface includes: maintaining a display of at least a second portion of the representation of the captured media; 72. The method of claim 71, comprising:

73. the representation of the captured media is displayed at a first location on the display device before ceasing to display the first portion of the representation; Ceasing to display at least the first portion of the representation of the captured media while maintaining the display of the camera user interface includes: displaying an animation that moves the representation of the captured media from the first position on the display device toward a second position on the display device corresponding to an edge of the display device; 73. The method of claim 71 or 72, comprising:

74. The representation of the captured media is displayed at a third location on the display device, and the method further comprises: While a second representation of the captured media is being displayed, detecting a user input corresponding to a request to stop displaying at least a portion of the second representation of the captured media while maintaining display of the camera user interface; in response to detecting the request to stop displaying at least a portion of the second representation, ceasing to display at least a portion of the second representation of the captured media while maintaining display of the camera user interface; 74. The method of any one of claims 71 to 73, comprising:

75. receiving, after ceasing to display the first portion of the representation, a user input corresponding to a movement of a contact from a fourth position on the display device corresponding to an edge of the display device to a fifth position on the display device different from the fourth position; re-displaying the first portion of the representation in response to receiving user input corresponding to moving the contact from the fourth position on the display device corresponding to the edge of the display device to the fifth position on the display device; 75. The method of any one of claims 71 to 74, further comprising:

76. detecting a user input corresponding to a request to display an enlarged representation of the captured media while the representation of the captured media is being displayed; displaying, via the display device, an enlarged representation of the captured media in response to detecting a user input corresponding to the selection of the representation of the captured media; 76. The method of any one of claims 71 to 75, further comprising:

77. receiving a request to redisplay the camera user interface while the camera user interface is not displayed; In response to receiving the request to redisplay the camera user interface, displaying a second instance of the camera user interface including a second representation of the captured media; 77. The method of any one of claims 71 to 76, further comprising:

78. The representation of the captured media is displayed at a fifth location on the display device, and the method further comprises: displaying affordances for controlling a plurality of camera settings at the fifth location after ceasing to display at least the first portion of the representation of the captured media while maintaining the display of the camera user interface; 78. The method of any one of claims 71 to 77, further comprising:

79. Capturing media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras includes capturing a sequence of images; 79. The method of any one of claims 71 to 78, wherein displaying the representation of the captured media comprises playing back at least a portion of the captured sequence of images comprising at least two images.

80. 80. The method of claim 79, wherein the predetermined period of time is based on the duration of the captured sequence of images.

81. receiving, while displaying the representation of the captured media, a user input corresponding to a request to display options for sharing the captured media; In response to receiving the user input corresponding to the request to display an option for sharing the captured media, displaying a user interface for sharing the captured media; 81. The method of any one of claims 71 to 80, further comprising:

82. 82. The method of claim 81, wherein the user interface for sharing the captured media includes a plurality of options for sharing the captured media.

83. 83. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 71 to 82.

84. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 83. An electronic device comprising:

85. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras and means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 71 to 82; An electronic device comprising:

86. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; detecting a request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the camera user interface; In response to detecting the request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras, capturing media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras and displaying a representation of the captured media; While displaying the representation of the captured media, detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for a predetermined period of time; ceasing to display at least a first portion of the representation of the captured media while maintaining display of the camera user interface in response to detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for the predetermined period of time; A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

87. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; detecting a request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the camera user interface; In response to detecting the request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras, capturing media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras and displaying a representation of the captured media; While displaying the representation of the captured media, detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for a predetermined period of time; ceasing to display at least a first portion of the representation of the captured media while maintaining display of the camera user interface in response to detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for the predetermined period of time; An electronic device containing instructions.

88. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; means for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; means for detecting a request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the camera user interface; means for capturing media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras and displaying a representation of the captured media in response to detecting the request to capture media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras; means for detecting, while displaying the representation of the captured media, that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for a predetermined period of time; means for ceasing displaying at least a first portion of the representation of the captured media while maintaining display of the camera user interface in response to detecting that the representation of the captured media has been displayed for the predetermined period of time; An electronic device comprising:

89. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to receiving a request to capture media, while the electronic device is configured to capture media in a first aspect ratio, detecting a first input including a first contact at a respective location on the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to detecting the first input, and configuring the electronic device, in response to a request to capture media, to capture media in a second aspect ratio different from the first aspect ratio, in accordance with determining that a set of aspect ratio change criteria is satisfied; the set of aspect ratio change criteria includes criteria that are met when the first input includes maintaining the first contact at a first position corresponding to a predetermined portion of the camera display area that indicates at least a portion of a boundary of the media to be captured in response to a request to capture media for at least a threshold amount of time, followed by detecting movement of the first contact to a second position that is different from the first position; A method comprising:

90. In response to detecting at least a first portion of the first input, providing a first tactile output in response to determining that the first portion of the first input includes maintaining the first contact at the first location for at least the threshold amount of time; 90. The method of claim 89, further comprising:

91. In response to detecting at least a second portion of the first input, 91. The method of claim 89 or 90, further comprising: displaying a visual indication of the boundary of the media to be captured in response to a request to capture media in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the first input includes maintaining the first contact at the first position for at least the threshold amount of time.

92. while the visual indication is displayed and in response to detecting at least a third portion of the first input; in accordance with determining that the third portion of the first input includes a movement of the first contact, the movement of the first contact having a first magnitude and a first direction after the first contact is maintained at the first position for the threshold amount of time, and modifying an appearance of the visual indication based on the first magnitude and the first direction; 92. The method of claim 91, further comprising:

93. In response to detecting at least a first portion of the first input, displaying an animation including reducing a size of a portion of the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras indicated by the visual indication in accordance with determining that the first portion of the first input includes maintaining the first contact at the first position for at least the threshold amount of time; 93. The method of claim 91 or 92, further comprising:

94. while the visual indication is displayed and in response to detecting at least a fourth portion of the first input; displaying an animation including increasing a size of a portion of the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras indicated by the visual indication in accordance with a determination that the fourth portion of the first input includes a lift-off of the first contact.

94. The method of any one of claims 91 to 93, further comprising:

95. a first portion of the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras is indicated as selected by the visual indication of the boundary of the media, and a second portion of the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras is not indicated as selected by the visual indication of the boundary of the media; 95. The method of any one of claims 91 to 94, wherein the second portion is visually distinct from the first portion.

96. Configuring the electronic device to capture media in a second aspect ratio includes: configuring the electronic device to capture media at a predetermined aspect ratio according to the movement of the first contact to the second position having a first magnitude and / or direction of movement within a first range of movement; configuring the electronic device to capture media in accordance with the movement of the first contact to the second position having a second magnitude and / or direction of movement that is not within the first range of movement, with an aspect ratio that is not predetermined and that is based on the second magnitude and / or direction of movement; 96. The method of any one of claims 90 to 95, comprising:

97. 97. The method of claim 96, wherein configuring the electronic device to capture media in the predetermined aspect ratio includes generating a second tactile output via one or more tactile output devices.

98. Prior to detecting the first input, the electronic device is configured to capture media using a first camera mode, and the method includes: In response to detecting the first input, configuring the electronic device to capture media using a second camera mode different from the first camera mode in accordance with determining that the first input does not include maintaining the first contact at the first position for the threshold amount of time and determining that the first input includes movement of the first contact above a first movement threshold; 98. The method of any one of claims 89 to 97, further comprising:

99. The camera user interface further includes an indication that the electronic device is configured to operate in a first media capture mode, and the method further includes: pursuant to detecting a fourth input, including detecting continuous movement of a fourth contact in a second direction on the camera display area; displaying controls for adjusting characteristics associated with the media capture operation; 99. The method of any one of claims 89 to 98, further comprising:

100. In response to detecting the first input, adjusting a focus setting, including configuring the electronic device to capture media with a focus setting based on content at a location within the field of view of the one or more cameras corresponding to the first location, in accordance with determining that the first input includes detecting the first contact at the first location for less than the threshold amount of time; 100. The method of any one of claims 89 to 99, further comprising:

101. In response to detecting the first input, responsive to determining that the first input includes maintaining the first contact for a second threshold amount of time at a third location that does not correspond to a predetermined portion of the camera display area, the third location indicating at least the portion of the boundary of the media to be captured in response to the request to capture media; configuring the electronic device to capture media with a first exposure setting based on content at a location within the field of view of the one or more cameras that corresponds to the third location; 101. The method of any one of claims 89 to 100, further comprising:

102. after configuring the electronic device to capture media with the first exposure setting based on content at a location within the field of view of the one or more cameras corresponding to the third location, detecting a change in the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras that causes the content at the location within the field of view of the one or more cameras corresponding to the third location to no longer be present within the field of view of the one or more cameras; responsive to detecting the change, continuing to configure the electronic device to capture media at the first exposure setting; 102. The method of claim 101, further comprising:

103. 103. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 89 to 102.

104. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 103. An electronic device comprising:

105. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras and means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 89 to 102; An electronic device comprising:

106. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to receiving a request to capture media, while the electronic device is configured to capture media in a first aspect ratio, detect a first input including a first contact at a respective location on the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to detecting the first input, instructions for configuring the electronic device in response to a request to capture media to capture media in a second aspect ratio different from the first aspect ratio in accordance with a determination that a set of aspect ratio change criteria is satisfied; a first input for detecting a first aspect ratio change criterion for at least a threshold amount of time, the first input comprising: maintaining the first contact at a first position corresponding to a predetermined portion of the camera display area indicative of at least a portion of a boundary of media to be captured in response to a request to capture media for at least a threshold amount of time; and subsequently detecting movement of the first contact to a second position different from the first position.

107. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to receiving a request to capture media, while the electronic device is configured to capture media in a first aspect ratio, detect a first input including a first contact at a respective location on the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to detecting the first input, instructions for configuring the electronic device in response to a request to capture media to capture media in a second aspect ratio different from the first aspect ratio in accordance with a determination that a set of aspect ratio change criteria is satisfied; the set of aspect ratio change criteria includes criteria that are met when the first input includes maintaining the first contact at a first position corresponding to a predetermined portion of the camera display area that indicates at least a portion of a boundary of the media to be captured in response to a request to capture media for at least a threshold amount of time, followed by detecting movement of the first contact to a second position that is different from the first position.

108. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; means for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface including a camera display area including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; means for detecting a first input comprising a first contact at a respective location on the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras while the electronic device is configured to capture media in a first aspect ratio in response to receiving a request to capture media; In response to detecting the first input, means for configuring the electronic device, in response to a request to capture media, to capture media in a second aspect ratio different from the first aspect ratio, in accordance with a determination that a set of aspect ratio change criteria is satisfied; the set of aspect ratio change criteria includes criteria that are met when the first input includes maintaining the first contact at a first position corresponding to a predetermined portion of the camera display area that indicates at least a portion of a boundary of the media to be captured in response to a request to capture media for at least a threshold amount of time, followed by detecting movement of the first contact to a second position that is different from the first position; An electronic device comprising:

109. 1. A method comprising: An electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, displaying, via the display device while the electronic device is in a first orientation, a first camera user interface capturing media in a first camera orientation at a first zoom level; detecting a change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to a second orientation; in response to detecting the change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to a second orientation, and automatically, without user input, displaying a second camera user interface that captures media at a second zoom level and a second camera orientation, the second zoom level being different from the first zoom level, in accordance with a determination that a set of automatic zoom criteria are met.

110. Displaying a media capture affordance; and Detecting a first input corresponding to the media capture affordance; In response to detecting the first input, capturing media at the first zoom level in accordance with a determination that the first input is detected while the first camera user interface is displayed; and capturing media at the second zoom level in accordance with a determination that the first input is detected while the second camera user interface is displayed; and 110. The method of claim 109, further comprising:

111. displaying the first camera user interface includes displaying a first representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; the first representation is displayed at the first zoom level and in the first camera orientation; displaying the second camera user interface includes displaying a second representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; 111. The method of claim 109 or 110, wherein the second representation is displayed at the second zoom level and in the second camera orientation.

112. 112. The method of claim 111, wherein the first orientation is portrait and the first representation is a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, and the second orientation is landscape and the second representation is the entire field of view of the one or more cameras.

113. receiving a request to change the first zoom level to a third zoom level while displaying the first representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to receiving the request to change the first zoom level to the third zoom level, replacing the display of the first representation with a third representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, the third representation being in the orientation of the first camera and at the third zoom level; 113. The method of claim 111 or 112, further comprising:

114. displaying a zoom toggle affordance while displaying the first representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; detecting a second input corresponding to a selection of the zoom toggle affordance, the selection of the zoom toggle affordance being in response to a request to change the first zoom level to a fourth zoom level; and responsive to detecting the second input, replacing the display of the first representation with a fourth representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, the fourth representation being at an orientation of the first camera and at the fourth zoom level; 114. The method of any one of claims 111 to 113, further comprising:

115. 115. The method of claim 114, wherein the zoom toggle affordance is displayed in the first camera user interface and the second camera user interface.

116. receiving a request to change the first zoom level to a third zoom level while displaying the first representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to receiving the request to change the first zoom level to the third zoom level, replacing the display of the first representation with a fifth representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, the fifth representation being at the orientation of the first camera and the third zoom level; 116. The method of any one of claims 111 to 115, further comprising:

117. the one or more cameras include a first camera and a second camera separate from the first camera; 117. The method of any one of claims 109 to 116, wherein the set of automatic zoom criteria includes criteria that are satisfied when the electronic device is displaying a representation of the field of view of the first camera and is not displaying a representation of the field of view of the second camera in the first camera user interface.

118. 118. A method according to any one of claims 109 to 117, wherein the set of auto-zoom criteria includes criteria that are met when the electronic device is not in a video capture mode of operation.

119. 119. The method of any one of claims 109 to 118, wherein the set of auto-zoom criteria includes criteria that are met when the electronic device is configured to capture video of a live communication session.

120. The first zoom level is greater than the second zoom level, and the method includes: detecting a change in orientation of the electronic device from the second orientation to the first orientation while displaying the second camera user interface; displaying the first camera user interface on the display device in response to detecting the change in orientation of the electronic device from the second orientation to the first orientation; 120. The method of any one of claims 109 to 119, further comprising:

121. 121. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 109 to 120.

122. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 121. An electronic device comprising:

123. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras and means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 109 to 120; An electronic device comprising:

124. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and a camera, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via the display device while the electronic device is in a first orientation, a first camera user interface that captures media in a first camera orientation at a first zoom level; Detecting a change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to a second orientation; in response to detecting the change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to a second orientation, automatically, without user input intervention, displaying a second camera user interface that captures media at a second camera orientation at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level pursuant to a determination that a set of automatic zoom criteria is satisfied; A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

125. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are displaying, via the display device while the electronic device is in a first orientation, a first camera user interface that captures media in a first camera orientation at a first zoom level; Detecting a change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to a second orientation; in response to detecting the change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to a second orientation, automatically, without user input intervention, displaying a second camera user interface that captures media at a second camera orientation at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level pursuant to a determination that a set of automatic zoom criteria is satisfied; An electronic device containing instructions.

126. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; means for displaying, via the display device while the electronic device is in a first orientation, a first camera user interface for capturing media in a first camera orientation at a first zoom level; means for detecting a change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to a second orientation; in response to detecting the change in orientation of the electronic device from the first orientation to a second orientation, means for automatically, without user input, displaying a second camera user interface that captures media at a second zoom level and a second camera orientation, the second zoom level being different from the first zoom level, pursuant to determining that a set of automatic zoom criteria is satisfied; and An electronic device comprising:

127. 1. A method comprising: An electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface that includes displaying a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; detecting, via the one or more cameras, a change in the field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the media capture user interface; in response to detecting the change in the field of view of the one or more cameras and in accordance with a determination that a variable frame rate criterion is met; updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a first frame rate in accordance with a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies a movement criterion; updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a second frame rate that is lower than the first frame rate in accordance with a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras does not satisfy the movement criterion; A method comprising:

128. the variable frame rate criterion includes a criterion that is met when ambient light in the field of view of the one or more cameras falls below a threshold, and prior to detecting the change in the field of view of the one or more cameras, the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras is updated at a third frame rate, and the method further comprises: maintaining the updating of the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras at the third frame rate in response to detecting the change in the field of view of the one or more cameras and in accordance with a determination that the variable frame rate criterion is not satisfied; 128. The method of claim 127, further comprising:

129. 129. The method of claim 128, wherein the variable frame rate criteria include criteria that are met when a flash mode is inactive.

130. displaying the media capture user interface displaying an indication that a variable frame rate mode is active in response to determining that the variable frame rate criterion is met; and displaying the media capture user interface without the indication that the variable frame rate mode is active in accordance with a determination that the variable frame rate criterion is not met; and 130. The method of any one of claims 127 to 129, comprising:

131. the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, updated based on the detected changes in the field of view of the one or more cameras at the first frame rate, is displayed on the display device at a first brightness; 131. A method according to any one of claims 127 to 130, wherein the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, updated based on the detected changes in the field of view of the one or more cameras at the second frame rate lower than the first frame rate, is displayed on the display device at a second brightness that is visually brighter than the first brightness.

132. 132. The method of any one of claims 127 to 131, wherein the second frame rate is based on an amount of ambient light in the field of view of the one or more cameras that is below a respective threshold.

133. 133. The method of any one of claims 127 to 132, wherein the detected change comprises detected movement, and wherein the second frame rate is based on an amount of the detected movement.

134. 134. A method according to any one of claims 127 to 133, wherein the movement criteria include a criterion that is met when the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras corresponds to a movement of the electronic device that is greater than a movement threshold.

135. 135. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 127 to 134.

136. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 135. An electronic device comprising:

137. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras and means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 127 to 134; An electronic device comprising:

138. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface that includes displaying a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; detecting, via the one or more cameras, a change in the field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the media capture user interface; in response to detecting the change in the field of view of the one or more cameras and in accordance with a determination that a variable frame rate criterion is met; updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a first frame rate pursuant to a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies a movement criterion; updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a second frame rate that is lower than the first frame rate in accordance with a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras does not satisfy the movement criterion. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

139. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface that includes displaying a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; detecting, via the one or more cameras, a change in the field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the media capture user interface; in response to detecting the change in the field of view of the one or more cameras and in accordance with a determination that a variable frame rate criterion is met; updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a first frame rate pursuant to a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies a movement criterion; and updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a second frame rate lower than the first frame rate in accordance with a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras does not satisfy the movement criterion.

140. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; means for displaying a media capture user interface via the display device, the media capture user interface including displaying a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; means for detecting, via the one or more cameras, a change in the field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the media capture user interface; in response to detecting the change in the field of view of the one or more cameras and in accordance with a determination that a variable frame rate criterion is met; updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a first frame rate pursuant to a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies a movement criterion; updating the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras based on the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras at a second frame rate that is lower than the first frame rate in accordance with a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras does not satisfy the movement criterion. Means and An electronic device comprising:

141. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, receiving a request to display a camera user interface; displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface in response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface; displaying a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras via the display device; pursuant to a determination that a low light condition is met, including a condition that is met when ambient light in the field of view of the one or more cameras is below a respective threshold, displaying, concurrently with the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, a control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media in response to a request to capture media; ceasing to display the control that adjusts the capture duration in accordance with a determination that the low light condition was not met; and and A method comprising:

142. obtaining an indication that low light conditions are no longer met while displaying the control that adjusts the capture duration; and In response to obtaining the indication, ceasing to display, via the display device, the control for adjusting the capture duration; and 142. The method of claim 141, further comprising:

143. obtaining an indication that a low light condition has been met while displaying the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras without simultaneously displaying the control for adjusting the capture duration; responsive to obtaining the indication, displaying the control for adjusting the capture duration simultaneously with the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; 143. The method of claim 141 or 142, further comprising:

144. 144. The method of any one of claims 141 to 143, wherein the low light conditions include conditions that are met when a flash mode is inactive.

145. 145. The method of any one of claims 141 to 144, wherein the control for adjusting the capture duration is a slider.

146. Displaying the camera user interface includes: concurrently displaying, with the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, a media capture affordance that, when selected, initiates the capture of media using the one or more cameras; 146. The method of any one of claims 141 to 145, comprising:

147. displaying a first indication of a first capture duration while displaying the control that adjusts the capture duration; responsive to receiving a request to adjust the control to adjust the capture duration from the first capture duration to a second capture duration, replacing display of the first indication of the first capture duration with display of a second indication of the second capture duration; 147. The method of claim 146, further comprising:

148. The representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras is a first representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, and the method further comprises: in response to receiving the request to adjust the control to adjust the capture duration from the first capture duration to the second capture duration; replacing the display of the first representation with a second representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, the second representation being based on the second capture duration and being visually distinct from the first representation; 148. The method of claim 147, further comprising:

149. receiving a request to capture media while displaying the second indication of the second capture duration; In response to receiving the request to capture media and in response to determining that the second capture duration corresponds to a predetermined capture duration that deactivates a low-light capture mode, initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras based on a duration different from the second capture duration; 149. The method of claim 147 or 148, further comprising:

150. receiving a request to capture media while displaying the second indication of the second capture duration; In response to receiving the request to capture media, initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras based on the second capture duration; 149. The method of claim 147 or 148, further comprising:

151. ceasing to display the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras in response to receiving the request to capture media; 151. The method of claim 150, further comprising:

152. The control for adjusting the capture duration is displayed in a first color, and the method includes: displaying the control for adjusting the capture duration in a second color different from the first color in response to receiving the request to capture media; 152. The method of claim 150 or 151, further comprising:

153. In response to receiving the request to capture media, displaying a first animation moving a third indication of a third capture value to the second indication of the second capture duration; after displaying the first animation, displaying a second animation that moves the second indication of the second capture duration to the third indication of the third capture value, wherein a duration of the second animation corresponds to a duration of the second capture duration and is different from a duration of the first animation; 153. The method of any one of claims 150 to 152, further comprising:

154. providing a first tactile output while displaying the first animation; providing a second tactile output while displaying the second animation; and 154. The method of claim 153, further comprising:

155. capturing the media based on the second capture duration after initiating the capture of the media; 155. The method of any one of claims 150 to 154, further comprising:

156. the media is first media captured based on the second capture duration, and the method further comprises: receiving a request to capture a second media based on the second capture duration after capturing the first media; In response to receiving the request to capture second media based on the second capture duration, initiating capture of the second media based on the second capture duration; receiving a request to end capturing the second media after initiating capture of the second media based on the second capture duration and before the second capture duration elapses; In response to receiving the request to end capture of the second media, terminating the capture of the second media based on the second capture duration; and displaying a representation of the second media captured prior to receiving the request to terminate capture of the second media based on visual information captured by the one or more cameras prior to receiving the request to terminate capture of the second media; 156. The method of claim 155, further comprising:

157. the media is first media captured based on the second capture duration, and the method further comprises: receiving a request to capture a third media based on the second capture duration after capturing the first media; In response to receiving the request to capture third media based on the second capture duration, initiating capture of the third media based on the second capture duration; after initiating capture of the third media based on the second capture duration; in response to a determination that the detected change in the field of view of the one or more cameras exceeds a movement criterion; terminating the capture of the third media; and displaying a representation of the third media captured prior to receiving the request to terminate capture of the second media based on visual information captured by the one or more cameras prior to receiving the request to terminate capture of the second media; and 157. The method of claim 155 or 156, further comprising:

158. responsive to receiving the request to capture media, replacing the display of the affordance requesting to capture media with a display of an affordance to terminate capturing of media; 158. The method of any one of claims 155 to 157, further comprising:

159. displaying a first representation of the first media captured at a first capture time after initiating capture of the media; after displaying the first representation of the first media, replacing the display of the first representation of the first media with a display of a second representation of the first media captured at a second capture time after the first capture time, the second representation being visually distinct from the first representation of the first media; 159. The method of any one of claims 155 to 158, further comprising:

160. 160. The method of claim 159, wherein the replacing of the display of the first representation of the first media with the display of the second representation of the first media occurs after a predetermined period of time.

161. displaying the camera user interface includes displaying a low-light capture status indicator indicating that a low-light capture mode status is active simultaneously with the control for adjusting a capture duration in accordance with a determination that a low-light condition is met; The method comprises: receiving a first selection of the low-light capture status indicator while displaying the low-light capture status indicator; In response to receiving a first selection of the low light capture indicator, ceasing to display the control for adjusting the capture duration while maintaining display of the low-light capture status indicator; updating the appearance of the low-light capture status indicator to indicate that the status of the low-light capture mode is inactive; and 161. The method of any one of claims 141 to 160, comprising:

162. displaying the camera user interface includes receiving a second selection of the low-light capture status indicator while displaying the low-light capture status indicator indicating that the low-light capture mode is inactive pursuant to determining that a low-light condition is met; The method comprises: redisplaying the control for adjusting the capture duration in response to receiving the second selection of the low light capture status indicator; 162. The method of claim 161, comprising:

163. 162. The method of claim 161, comprising configuring the electronic device to not perform a flash operation in response to receiving the first selection of the low light capture status indicator.

164. 164. The method of any one of claims 161 to 163, wherein the low light conditions include conditions that are met when the low light capture status indicator is selected.

165. 165. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 141 to 164.

166. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 165. An electronic device comprising:

167. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras and means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 141 to 164; An electronic device comprising:

168. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising: receiving a request to display a camera user interface; In response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface, displaying a camera user interface via the display device, wherein displaying the camera user interface includes: displaying a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras via the display device; pursuant to a determination that a low light condition is met, including a condition that is met when ambient light in the field of view of the one or more cameras is below a respective threshold, displaying, concurrently with the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, a control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media in response to a request to capture media; ceasing to display the control that adjusts the capture duration in accordance with a determination that the low light condition was not met; and 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium comprising:

169. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are receiving a request to display a camera user interface; In response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface, displaying a camera user interface via the display device, wherein displaying the camera user interface includes: displaying a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras via the display device; pursuant to a determination that a low light condition is met, including a condition that is met when ambient light in the field of view of the one or more cameras is below a respective threshold, displaying, concurrently with the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, a control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media in response to a request to capture media; ceasing to display the control that adjusts the capture duration in accordance with a determination that the low light condition was not met; and , an electronic device.

170. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; means for receiving a request to display a camera user interface; means for displaying a camera user interface via the display device in response to receiving the request to display the camera user interface, displaying a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras via the display device; pursuant to a determination that a low light condition is met, including a condition that is met when ambient light in the field of view of the one or more cameras is below a respective threshold, displaying, concurrently with the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, a control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media in response to a request to capture media; ceasing to display the control that adjusts the capture duration in accordance with a determination that the low light condition was not met; and a means for An electronic device comprising:

171. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, displaying a camera user interface via the display device; detecting, via one or more sensors of the electronic device, an amount of light within a field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the camera user interface; in response to detecting the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to a determination that the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies a low light environment criterion, the criterion being met when the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras is below a predetermined threshold, a flash status indicator that indicates the status of the flash operation; a low-light capture status indicator that indicates the status of the low-light capture mode; and ceasing to display the low light capture status indicator in the camera user interface in accordance with a determination that the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras does not meet the low light environment criterion; and A method comprising:

172. In response to a determination that flash operation criteria are met, including criteria that are met when the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras meets a low light environment criterion and a flash setting is set to automatically determine whether the flash operation is set to active or inactive, the flash status indicator indicates that the status of the flash operation is active; 172. The method of claim 171, wherein the low light capture indicator indicates that the state of the low light capture mode is inactive.

173. While the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras meets a low light environment criterion, responsive to determining that the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras is within a first predetermined range and a flash setting is set to active; the flash status indicator indicates that the status of the flash operation is active; the low-light capture indicator indicates that the state of the low-light capture mode is inactive; in response to determining that the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras is within the first predetermined range and the flash setting is not set to active; the flash state indicator indicates that the state of the flash operation is inactive; 173. The method of claim 171 or 172, wherein the low light capture indicator indicates that the state of the low light capture mode is active.

174. While the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras meets a low light environment criterion, in response to determining that the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras is within a second predetermined range different from the first predetermined range and the flash setting is set to inactive; the flash state indicator indicates that the state of the flash operation is inactive; the low-light capture indicator indicates that the state of the low-light capture mode is active; in response to determining that the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras is within the second predetermined range different from the first predetermined range and the flash setting is not set to inactive; the flash status indicator indicates that the status of the flash operation is active; 174. The method of claim 173, wherein the low light capture indicator indicates that the state of the low light capture mode is inactive.

175. receiving a selection of the flash status indicator while the flash status indicator is displayed and indicates the status of the flash operation is active and the low light capture indicator is displayed and indicates the status of the low light capture mode is inactive; In response to receiving the selection of the flash status indicator, updating the flash status indicator to indicate that the status of the flash operation is inactive; updating the low light capture indicator to indicate that the state of the low light capture mode is active; and 175. The method of any one of claims 171 to 174, further comprising:

176. receiving a selection of the low-light capture status indicator while the flash status indicator is displayed and indicates the status of the flash operation is active and the low-light capture indicator is displayed and indicates the status of the low-light capture mode is inactive; in response to receiving the selection of the low light capture status indicator; updating the flash status indicator to indicate that the status of the flash operation is inactive; updating the low-light capture status indicator to indicate that the status of the low-light capture mode is active; and 176. The method of any one of claims 171 to 175, further comprising:

177. displaying a control to adjust a capture duration in accordance with determining that the state of the low light capture mode is active; 177. The method of any one of claims 171 to 176, further comprising:

178. receiving a request to change the control from a first capture duration to a second capture duration while displaying the control that adjusts the capture duration; In response to receiving the request to change the control from the first capture duration to the second capture duration, updating the low-light capture status indicator to indicate that the status of the low-light capture mode is inactive according to determining that the second capture duration is a predetermined capture duration that deactivates a low-light capture mode; 178. The method of claim 177, further comprising:

179. detecting a change in a state of a low-light capture mode while displaying the control that adjusts the capture duration; In response to detecting the change in state of the low light capture mode, ceasing display of the control that adjusts the capture duration in accordance with determining that the state of a low-light capture mode is inactive; and 178. The method of claim 177, further comprising:

180. displaying within the camera user interface a first representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; receiving a request to capture first media in the field of view of the one or more cameras while the low light capture mode is active; In response to receiving the request to capture a first media while the low light capture mode is active, Initiating capture of the first media; maintaining the display of the first representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras for the duration of the capture of the first media; 179. The method of any one of claims 171 to 179, further comprising:

181. receiving a request to capture second media in the field of view of the one or more cameras while the low light capture mode state is active; In response to receiving the request to capture second media while the low-light capture mode is active, initiating capture of the second media; simultaneously displaying a representation of the second media within the camera user interface while capturing the second media; 181. The method of any one of claims 171 to 180, further comprising:

182. displaying within the camera user interface a second representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; receiving a request to capture a third media in the field of view of the one or more cameras while the low light capture mode state is active; In response to receiving the request to capture the third media while the state of the low light capture mode is active, initiating capture of the third media; ceasing to display representations derived from the fields of view of the one or more cameras in the camera user interface while capturing the third media; and 182. The method of any one of claims 171 to 181, further comprising:

183. displaying, in the camera user interface, the flash status indicator indicating the status of the flash operation in accordance with a determination that the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras does not meet the low light environment criterion; 183. The method of any one of claims 171 to 182, further comprising:

184. 184. The method of any one of claims 171 to 183, wherein the state of the flash operation and the state of the low light capture mode are mutually exclusive.

185. 185. The method of any one of claims 171 to 184, wherein the state of the low light capture mode is selected from the group consisting of an active state, an available state, and an inactive state.

186. While the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras meets a low light environment criterion, 186. A method according to any one of claims 171 or 172 and 174 to 185, wherein, in accordance with a determination that the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras is within a third predetermined range, the flash status indicator indicates that the status of the flash operation is available.

187. the control for adjusting the capture duration is a first control for adjusting the capture duration, and the method further comprises: receiving a selection of the low light capture status indicator while the flash status indicator indicates that the status of the flash operation is available; in response to receiving a selection of the low light capture status indicator; updating the low-light capture status indicator to indicate that the status of the low-light capture mode is active; and displaying a second control for adjusting the capture duration; 187. The method of claim 186, further comprising:

188. In response to determining that ambient light within the field of view of the one or more cameras is within a fourth predetermined range, a first low-light capture status indicator includes a first visual representation of the first capture duration; 188. The method of any one of claims 171 to 187, wherein in accordance with a determination that ambient light within the field of view of the one or more cameras is not within the fourth predetermined range, the first low-light capture status indicator does not include the first visual representation of the first capture duration.

189. In response to detecting the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras, in accordance with the determination that the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies a low light environment criterion, pursuant to determining that ambient light within the field of view of the one or more cameras is within a third predetermined range, the low light capture status indicator indicates that the low light capture mode status is active and includes a second visual representation of the first capture duration; pursuant to determining that ambient light within the field of view of the one or more cameras is within a fourth predetermined range, the low light capture status indicator indicates that the state of the low light capture mode is active and does not include the second visual representation of the first capture duration; pursuant to determining that ambient light within the field of view of the one or more cameras is within a fifth predetermined range, the low-light capture status indicator indicates that the low-light capture mode state is available, indicates that the low-light capture mode state is active, and includes the second visual representation of the first capture duration; the low-light capture status indicator indicates that the low-light capture mode state is active, and does not include the second visual representation of the first capture duration; and the low-light capture status indicator indicates that the low-light capture mode state is available, are visually distinct from one another.

189. The method of any one of claims 171 to 188, further comprising:

190. 190. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 171 to 189.

191. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 190. An electronic device comprising:

192. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras and means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 171 to 189; An electronic device comprising:

193. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising: Displaying a camera user interface via the display device; detecting, via one or more sensors of the electronic device, an amount of light within a field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the camera user interface; in response to detecting the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to a determination that the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies a low light environment criterion, the criterion being met when the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras is below a predetermined threshold, a flash status indicator that indicates the status of the flash operation; a low-light capture status indicator that indicates the status of the low-light capture mode; simultaneously, ceasing to display the low light capture status indicator in the camera user interface in accordance with a determination that the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras does not meet the low light environment criterion. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

194. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are Displaying a camera user interface via the display device; detecting, via one or more sensors of the electronic device, an amount of light within a field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the camera user interface; in response to detecting the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to a determination that the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies a low light environment criterion, the criterion being met when the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras is below a predetermined threshold, a flash status indicator that indicates the status of the flash operation; a low-light capture status indicator that indicates the status of the low-light capture mode; simultaneously, ceasing to display the low light capture status indicator in the camera user interface in accordance with a determination that the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras does not meet the low light environment criterion. An electronic device containing instructions.

195. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; means for displaying a camera user interface via said display device; means for detecting, via one or more sensors of the electronic device, the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras while displaying the camera user interface; in response to detecting the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to a determination that the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras satisfies a low light environment criterion, the criterion being met when the amount of light in the field of view of the one or more cameras is below a predetermined threshold, a flash status indicator that indicates the status of the flash operation; a low-light capture status indicator that indicates the status of the low-light capture mode; simultaneously, ceasing to display the low light capture status indicator in the camera user interface in accordance with a determination that the amount of light within the field of view of the one or more cameras does not meet the low light environment criterion. Means and An electronic device comprising:

196. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device, Displaying a media editing user interface on the display device, the media editing user interface comprising: Visual media expression and a first affordance corresponding to a first editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media; a second affordance corresponding to a second editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media; and and detecting a first user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance while displaying the media editing user interface; In response to detecting the first user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance, displaying, on the display device, adjustable controls at respective locations within the media editing user interface for adjusting the first editable parameter; detecting a first gesture directed at the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter and while the first editable parameter is selected; while the first editable parameter is selected, in response to detecting the first gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the first editable parameter, adjusting a current value of the first editable parameter in accordance with the first gesture; detecting, on the display device, a second user input corresponding to a selection of the second affordance while displaying the adjustable control that adjusts the first editable parameter; In response to detecting the second user input corresponding to a selection of the second affordance, displaying an adjustable control at the respective location within the media editing user interface for adjusting the second editable parameter; detecting a second gesture directed at the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter and while the second editable parameter is selected; while the second editable parameter is selected, in response to detecting the second gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the second editable parameter, adjusting a current value of the second editable parameter in accordance with the second gesture; A method comprising:

197. the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter includes a first static portion and a first variable portion; the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter includes the first static portion and a second variable portion; Displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter at the respective location within the media editing user interface includes: maintaining, on the display device, a display of the first static portion at the respective location within the media editing user interface; 197. The method of claim 196, comprising:

198. 198. The method of claim 196 or 197, wherein the adjustable control that adjusts the first editable parameter and the adjustable control that adjusts the second editable parameter share one or more visual characteristics when adjusted to the same relative position.

199. and in response to detecting the first gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the first editable parameter while the first editable parameter is selected, replacing the display of the representation of the visual media with an adjusted representation of the visual media that is adjusted based on the adjusted current value of the first editable parameter; and in response to detecting the second gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the second editable parameter while the second editable parameter is selected, replacing the display of the representation of the visual media with an adjusted representation of the visual media that is adjusted based on the adjusted current value of the second editable parameter; 199. The method of any one of claims 196 to 198, further comprising:

200. the first editable parameter is an auto-adjust editable parameter; 200. The method of any one of claims 196 to 199, wherein adjusting the current value of the first editable parameter in accordance with the first gesture comprises adjusting current values ​​of a plurality of editable parameters including the second editable parameter.

201. The media editing user interface includes a plurality of editable parameter current value indicators, the plurality of editable parameter current value indicators comprising: a value indicator corresponding to the second editable parameter of the representation of the visual media; a value indicator corresponding to a third editable parameter of the representation of the visual media; Including, Adjusting the current values ​​of the plurality of editable parameters includes: adjusting the current value of a third editable parameter; updating the value indicator corresponding to the second editable parameter based on the adjusted current value of the second editable parameter; updating the value indicator corresponding to the third editable parameter based on the adjusted current value of the third editable parameter; 200. The method of claim 199, comprising:

202. detecting a third user input while the media editing user interface does not include a third affordance corresponding to a fourth editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media; In response to detecting the third user input, displaying the third affordance; 202. The method of any one of claims 196 to 201, further comprising:

203. displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter and visually suppressing the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter while detecting the third user input; 203. The method of claim 202, further comprising:

204. the third user input is received while the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter is displayed; Displaying the third affordance includes: displaying an adjustable control for adjusting the fourth editable parameter at the respective location within the media editing user interface in accordance with determining that a first set of criteria is satisfied, the criteria including criteria that are satisfied when the fourth editable parameter is a first type of parameter; ceasing to display the adjustable control for adjusting the fourth editable parameter at the respective location within the media editing user interface in accordance with determining that the first set of criteria is not met; and The method of claim 203, comprising:

205. 205. The method of any one of claims 196 to 204, wherein the first user input is a tap input on the first affordance and the second user input is a tap input on the second affordance.

206. displaying, while displaying the representation of the visual media and the first affordance, a first editable parameter status indicator that indicates a status of whether the representation of the visual media is currently being adjusted based on the first editable parameter; Detecting a fourth user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance; and In response to detecting the fourth user input, in response to determining that the representation of the visual media is currently adjusted based on the first editable parameter; updating the first editable parameter status indicator to indicate that the representation of the visual media is not currently adjusted based on the first editable parameter; replacing a display of the representation of the visual media with a representation of the visual media that has not been adjusted based on the first editable parameter; in response to a determination that the representation of the visual media is not currently adjusted based on the first editable parameter; updating the first editable parameter state indicator to indicate that the representation of the visual media is currently being adjusted based on the current value of the first editable parameter; replacing a display of the representation of the visual media with a representation of the visual media adjusted based on the first editable parameter; 206. The method of any one of claims 196 to 205, further comprising:

207. Adjusting the current value of the first editable parameter in accordance with the first gesture includes: generating a tactile output in response to determining that the current value of the first editable parameter corresponds to a predetermined reset value for the first editable parameter; ceasing to generate a tactile output in response to determining that the current value of the first editable parameter does not correspond to the predetermined reset value for the first editable parameter; 207. The method of any one of claims 196 to 206, comprising:

208. visually highlighting the adjustable control that adjusts the first editable parameter while detecting the first gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the first editable parameter; 208. The method of any one of claims 196 to 207, further comprising:

209. 209. The method of any one of claims 196 to 208, wherein a third editable parameter current value indicator visually surrounds at least a portion of the first affordance, and a fourth editable parameter current value indicator visually surrounds the second affordance.

210. the electronic device includes one or more cameras; the representation of the visual media is a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; the media editing user interface is displayed while the electronic device is configured to capture visual media in a first capture mode that enables the application of lighting and depth effects; the first editable parameter is lighting effect intensity; 210. The method of any one of claims 196 to 199 and 202 to 209, wherein the second editable parameter is depth effect intensity.

211. the first editable parameter corresponds to a lighting effects parameter; the media editing user interface includes a value indicator corresponding to the lighting effects parameter; 209. The method of claim 196, wherein adjusting the current value of the first editable parameter in accordance with the first gesture comprises adjusting the lighting effects parameter based on the adjusted current value of the first editable parameter.

212. the first editable parameter is a visual filter effect intensity; Adjusting the current value of the first editable parameter in accordance with the first gesture includes: replacing the display of the representation of visual media with a representation of the visual media adjusted based on the current value of the visual filter effect intensity; 209. The method of any one of claims 196 to 199 and 202 to 209, comprising:

213. 213. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 196 to 212.

214. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 213. An electronic device comprising:

215. 1. An electronic device comprising: a display device and means for performing the method of any one of claims 196 to 212; An electronic device comprising:

216. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device, the one or more programs comprising: a media editing user interface on the display device, Visual media expression and a first affordance corresponding to a first editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media; a second affordance corresponding to a second editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media; and displaying a media editing user interface including: detecting a first user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance while displaying the media editing user interface; In response to detecting the first user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance, displaying on the display device adjustable controls at respective locations within the media editing user interface for adjusting the first editable parameter; detecting a first gesture directed at the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter and while the first editable parameter is selected; while the first editable parameter is selected, in response to detecting the first gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the first editable parameter, adjusting a current value of the first editable parameter in accordance with the first gesture; detecting a second user input corresponding to a selection of the second affordance while displaying the adjustable control on the display device that adjusts the first editable parameter; In response to detecting the second user input corresponding to a selection of the second affordance, displaying an adjustable control at the respective location within the media editing user interface for adjusting the second editable parameter; detecting a second gesture directed at the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter and while the second editable parameter is selected; and in response to detecting a second gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the second editable parameter while the second editable parameter is selected, adjusting a current value of the second editable parameter in accordance with the second gesture. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

217. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are a media editing user interface on the display device, Visual media expression and a first affordance corresponding to a first editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media; a second affordance corresponding to a second editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media; and displaying a media editing user interface including: detecting a first user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance while displaying the media editing user interface; In response to detecting the first user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance, displaying on the display device adjustable controls at respective locations within the media editing user interface for adjusting the first editable parameter; detecting a first gesture directed at the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter and while the first editable parameter is selected; while the first editable parameter is selected, in response to detecting the first gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the first editable parameter, adjusting a current value of the first editable parameter in accordance with the first gesture; detecting a second user input corresponding to a selection of the second affordance while displaying the adjustable control on the display device that adjusts the first editable parameter; In response to detecting the second user input corresponding to a selection of the second affordance, displaying an adjustable control at the respective location within the media editing user interface for adjusting the second editable parameter; detecting a second gesture directed at the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter and while the second editable parameter is selected; and in response to detecting a second gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the second editable parameter while the second editable parameter is selected, adjusting a current value of the second editable parameter in accordance with the second gesture. An electronic device containing instructions.

218. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; means for displaying a media editing user interface on the display device, the media editing user interface comprising: Visual media expression and a first affordance corresponding to a first editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media; a second affordance corresponding to a second editable parameter for editing the representation of the visual media; and a means for means for detecting a first user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance while displaying the media editing user interface; means for displaying, on the display device, an adjustable control at a respective location within the media editing user interface for adjusting the first editable parameter in response to detecting the first user input corresponding to a selection of the first affordance; means for detecting, while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter and while the first editable parameter is selected, a first gesture directed at the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter; means for adjusting a current value of the first editable parameter in accordance with the first gesture in response to detecting the first gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the first editable parameter while the first editable parameter is selected; means for detecting a second user input corresponding to a selection of the second affordance while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the first editable parameter on the display device; means for displaying an adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter at the respective location within the media editing user interface in response to detecting the second user input corresponding to a selection of the second affordance; means for detecting, while displaying the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter and while the second editable parameter is selected, a second gesture directed at the adjustable control for adjusting the second editable parameter; means for adjusting a current value of the second editable parameter in accordance with the second gesture in response to detecting the second gesture directed at the adjustable control that adjusts the second editable parameter while the second editable parameter is selected; An electronic device comprising:

219. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device, Displaying a first user interface on the display device, a first representation in a first visual media; an adjustable control including an indication of a current amount of adjustment to the perspective distortion of the first visual media; including simultaneously displaying And, detecting user input including a gesture directed at the adjustable control while displaying the first user interface on the display device; in response to detecting the user input including the gesture directed at the adjustable control; displaying on the display device a second representation of the first visual media with a respective adjustment to the perspective distortion selected based on the magnitude of the gesture; A method comprising:

220. The first user interface includes: a first affordance that, when selected, updates the indication of the adjustable control to indicate a current adjustment to horizontal perspective distortion of the first visual media and configures the adjustable control to allow adjustment of the current adjustment to the horizontal perspective distortion of the first visual media based on user input; a second affordance that, when selected, updates the indication of the adjustable control to indicate a current adjustment to the vertical perspective distortion of the first visual media and configures the adjustable control to allow adjustment of the current adjustment to the vertical perspective distortion of the first visual media based on user input; 220. The method of claim 219, comprising:

221. while displaying the first affordance and the second affordance, simultaneously displaying a third affordance that, when selected, updates the indication of the adjustable control to indicate a current adjustment amount for rotating visual content within the first representation of the first visual media; 221. The method of claim 220, further comprising:

222. the perspective distortion corresponds to horizontal perspective distortion; 222. The method of any one of claims 219 to 221, wherein an amount of horizontal perspective distortion of the first representation of the first visual media is different from an amount of horizontal perspective distortion of the second representation of the first visual media.

223. the perspective distortion corresponds to vertical perspective distortion; 223. The method of any one of claims 219 to 222, wherein an amount of vertical perspective distortion of the first representation of the first visual media is different from an amount of vertical perspective distortion of the second representation of the first visual media.

224. The first representation includes a first apparent horizon, and the method includes: detecting an input that changes a degree of rotation of the first representation of the first visual media while the first representation of the first visual media includes a degree of rotation relative to a visual boundary within the first representation of the first visual media; In response to detecting an input that changes the degree of rotation of the first representation of the first visual media, rotating the first representation of the first visual media by an amount determined based on the input; 224. The method of any one of claims 219 to 223, further comprising:

225. the first representation includes first visual content of the first visual media, and the method further comprises: detecting a set of one or more inputs that change the first visual content of the first representation of the first visual media while the first representation includes the first visual content; displaying a fourth representation of the first visual media that includes second visual content of the first visual media that differs from the first visual content of the first visual media in response to detecting the set of one or more inputs that change the first visual content of the first representation of the first visual media; 225. The method of any one of claims 219 to 224, comprising:

226. The first user interface includes an auto-adjusting affordance, and the method further comprises: Detecting an input corresponding to the auto-adjusting affordance; In response to detecting the input corresponding to the auto-adjusting affordance, automatically adjusting current values ​​of two or more parameters of the first visual media selected from the group consisting of a horizontal perspective parameter, a vertical perspective parameter, and a rotation parameter; displaying a fifth representation of the first visual media based on the adjusted current values ​​of the adjusted two or more parameters; 226. The method of any one of claims 219 to 225, further comprising:

227. While displaying the first user interface including the auto-adjusting affordance, detecting a second set of one or more inputs corresponding to a request to display a third user interface different from the first user interface; displaying, on the display device, a third user interface in response to detecting the second set of one or more inputs; displaying a representation of at least a portion of the second visual content in a second visual media; displaying the auto-adjusting affordance in accordance with a determination that the second visual media includes additional visual content that is outside a predetermined spatial boundary of the second visual content of the second visual media; ceasing to display the auto-adjusting affordance in accordance with a determination that the second visual media does not include additional visual content that is outside a predetermined spatial boundary of the second visual content of the second visual media; and and 227. The method of claim 226, further comprising:

228. the first representation of the first visual media is a representation of a first portion of the visual content of the first visual media that does not include additional visual content that was outside a predetermined spatial boundary of the captured visual content at the time the first visual media was captured; 228. A method according to any one of claims 219 to 227, wherein the second representation of the first visual media includes at least a portion of the additional visual content that is outside a predetermined spatial boundary of the visual content that was also captured when the first visual media was captured.

229. the first representation of the first visual media is displayed in a first aspect ratio; the first user interface includes an aspect ratio affordance; The method comprises: Detecting a user input corresponding to the aspect ratio affordance while displaying the first representation of the first visual media; In response to detecting the user input corresponding to the aspect ratio affordance, displaying a sixth representation of the first visual media in a second aspect ratio different from the first aspect ratio; 229. The method of any one of claims 219 to 228, further comprising:

230. the first representation of the first visual media is displayed in a first orientation; the first aspect ratio has a first horizontal aspect ratio value and a first vertical aspect ratio value; the first user interface includes an aspect ratio affordance; The method comprises: Detecting a user input corresponding to the aspect ratio affordance while displaying the first representation of the first visual media; In response to detecting the user input corresponding to the aspect ratio affordance, displaying visual feedback indicating a portion of the first visual media corresponding to a third aspect ratio different from the first aspect ratio without rotating the first representation of the first visual media, the third aspect ratio being: a second horizontal aspect ratio value equal to the first vertical aspect ratio value; a second vertical aspect ratio value equal to the first horizontal aspect ratio value; and 230. The method of claim 229, further comprising:

231. Displaying the first user interface includes: displaying adjustable controls for adjusting which frames of content corresponding to the first visual media are displayed, along with one or more controls for adjusting perspective distortion, cropping, and / or rotation of the image, in accordance with a determination that the first visual media includes multiple frames of content corresponding to different times; 231. The method of any one of claims 219 to 230, comprising:

232. a visual border is displayed around a first portion of a seventh representation of the first visual media, the seventh representation corresponding to a first time within the first visual media; The method comprises: detecting a request to select a time-based representation of the first visual media corresponding to a respective time while displaying the adjustable control that adjusts which frame of content corresponding to the first visual media is displayed; In response to detecting the request to select the time-based representation of the first visual media corresponding to a respective time, displaying an eighth representation of the first visual media corresponding to a second time within the first visual media; and maintaining a visual border displayed around a first portion of the eighth representation of the first visual media; and 232. The method of claim 231, further comprising:

233. The first representation of the first visual media is displayed at a first zoom level, and the method includes: Detecting a request to change a zoom level of a representation of the first visual media while displaying the first representation of the first visual media; displaying a ninth representation of the first visual media at a second zoom level different from the first zoom level in response to detecting the request to change the zoom level of the representation of the first visual media; 233. The method of any one of claims 219 to 232, further comprising:

234. the first representation of the first visual media includes perspective distortion based on a shape of a first camera lens and / or a position of a first camera; 234. The method of any one of claims 219 to 233, wherein the second representation of the first visual media is adjusted to reduce the perspective distortion based on the shape of the camera lens and / or the position of the camera.

235. the adjustable control corresponds to a control for correcting perspective distortion; The method comprises: in response to detecting the user input including the gesture directed at the adjustable control, updating a perspective distortion correction amount according to a direction and / or a magnitude of the gesture directed at the adjustable control; 235. The method of any one of claims 219 to 234, further comprising:

236. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 219 to 235 and 399.

237. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 400. An electronic device comprising: one or more programs comprising instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 219 to 235 and 399.

238. 1. An electronic device comprising: a display device and means for performing the method of any one of claims 219 to 235 and 399; An electronic device comprising:

239. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device, the one or more programs comprising: Displaying a first user interface on the display device; a first representation in a first visual media; an adjustable control including an indication of a current amount of adjustment to the perspective distortion of the first visual media; simultaneously displaying detecting user input including a gesture directed at the adjustable control while displaying the first user interface on the display device; in response to detecting the user input including the gesture directed at the adjustable control; displaying on the display device a second representation of the first visual media with a respective adjustment to the perspective distortion selected based on the magnitude of the gesture. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

240. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are Displaying a first user interface on the display device; a first representation in a first visual media; an adjustable control including an indication of a current amount of adjustment to the perspective distortion of the first visual media; simultaneously displaying detecting user input including a gesture directed at the adjustable control while displaying the first user interface on the display device; in response to detecting the user input including the gesture directed at the adjustable control; displaying on the display device a second representation of the first visual media with a respective adjustment to the perspective distortion selected based on the magnitude of the gesture. An electronic device containing instructions.

241. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; means for displaying a first user interface on the display device, a first representation in a first visual media; an adjustable control including an indication of a current amount of adjustment to the perspective distortion of the first visual media; and a means for simultaneously displaying the means for detecting user input, including a gesture directed at the adjustable control, while displaying the first user interface on the display device; in response to detecting the user input including the gesture directed at the adjustable control; means for displaying on the display device a second representation of the first visual media with a respective adjustment to the perspective distortion selected based on the magnitude of the gesture; An electronic device comprising:

242. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device, displaying a media capture user interface via the display device; displaying a representation of the field of view of one or more cameras; displaying a control to adjust a capture duration for capturing media while the low light camera mode is active; upon determining that a first set of capture duration criteria is met, displaying an indication that the control is set to a first capture duration; configuring the electronic device to capture a first plurality of images over the first capture duration in response to a single request to capture an image corresponding to a field of view of the one or more cameras; in response to determining that a second set of capture duration criteria is satisfied, the second set of capture duration criteria being different from the first set of capture duration criteria; displaying an indication that the control is set to a second capture duration that is longer than the first capture duration; configuring the electronic device to capture a second plurality of images over the second capture duration in response to the single request to capture the image corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras; and A method comprising:

243. receiving the single request to capture the image corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to receiving the single request to capture the image corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras, capturing the first plurality of images for the first capture duration in accordance with determining that the electronic device is configured to capture the first plurality of images for the first capture duration; and capturing the second plurality of images for the second capture duration in accordance with determining that the electronic device is configured to capture the second plurality of images for the second capture duration; and 243. The method of claim 242, further comprising:

244. 244. The method of claim 243, wherein the amount of images in the first plurality of images is different from the amount of images in the second plurality of images.

245. In response to receiving the single request to capture the images corresponding to the fields of view of the one or more cameras and in accordance with the determination that the electronic device is configured to capture the first plurality of images for the first capture duration, generating a first composite image that includes content of at least some of the first plurality of images; In response to receiving the single request to capture the images corresponding to the fields of view of the one or more cameras and in accordance with the determination that the electronic device is configured to capture the second plurality of images for the second capture duration, generating a second composite image that includes content of at least some of the second plurality of images; 245. The method of claim 243 or 244, further comprising:

246. detecting a first stability of the electronic device while displaying the indication that the control is set to the first capture duration; In response to detecting the first stability of the electronic device, in response to determining that the first stability of the electronic device exceeds a first stability threshold; displaying an indication that the control is set to a third capture duration that is longer than the first capture duration; configuring the electronic device to capture a third plurality of images over the third capture duration in response to the single request to capture the image corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras; 246. The method of any one of claims 242 to 245, further comprising:

247. while the low light camera mode is active, indicates the status of the low light camera mode; and a visual representation of the first capture duration in response to a determination that a capture duration display criterion is met; not including the visual representation of the first capture duration in accordance with a determination that a capture duration display criterion is not met. displaying a first low light capture status indicator; 247. The method of any one of claims 242 to 246, further comprising:

248. 248. The method of claim 247, wherein the capture duration indication criteria include a criterion that is met when ambient light within the field of view of the one or more cameras is within a first predetermined range.

249. Before the low light camera mode is active, displaying a second low-light capture status indicator indicating that the low-light camera mode status is active and including a visual representation of a third capture duration in accordance with determining that ambient light within the field of view of the one or more cameras is within a second predetermined range; displaying a third low-light capture status indicator indicating that the low-light camera mode status is active and not including the visual representation of the third capture duration in accordance with determining that ambient light within the field of view of the one or more cameras is within a fourth predetermined range; displaying a fourth low-light capture status indicator indicating that the low-light camera mode is available in accordance with determining that ambient light within the field of view of the one or more cameras is within a fifth predetermined range, wherein the second low-light capture status indicator, the third low-light capture status indicator, and the fourth low-light capture status indicator are visually distinct from one another; ceasing to display the second low-light capture status indicator, the third low-light capture status indicator, and the fourth low-light capture status indicator in accordance with determining that ambient light within the field of view of the one or more cameras is within a sixth predetermined range; and 249. The method of any one of claims 242 to 248, further comprising:

250. The control for adjusting the capture duration for capturing media includes: a first state corresponding to a first recommended capture duration value; a second state corresponding to a second recommended capture duration value; and a third state corresponding to a third recommended capture duration value; and 250. The method of any one of claims 242 to 249, wherein the method is configured to be adjustable to.

251. Displaying the control to adjust the capture duration for capturing media includes: displaying the control to adjust the capture duration for capturing media adjusted to the second state in accordance with a determination that the set of first capture duration criteria is met, wherein the first capture duration is the second recommended capture duration value; displaying the control to adjust the capture duration for capturing media adjusted to the second state in accordance with determining that the set of second capture duration criteria is met, wherein the second capture duration is the second recommended capture duration value; 251. The method of claim 250, comprising:

252. Displaying the control to adjust the capture duration for capturing media includes: in accordance with the determination that the control adjusting the capture duration for capturing media is in the third state and the determination that the set of first capture duration criteria is satisfied, the third recommended capture duration value is a third capture duration value; in accordance with the determination that the control adjusting the capture duration for capturing media is in the third state and the determination that the set of second capture duration criteria is satisfied, the third recommended capture duration value is a fourth capture duration value that is different from the third capture duration value.

252. The method of claim 250 or 251, comprising:

253. the second recommended capture duration value is a fifth capture duration value and the third recommended capture duration value is a sixth capture duration value, and the method further comprises: Detecting a first change in a current condition of the electronic device while displaying the control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media; in response to detecting the first change in a current condition of the electronic device; In response to determining that the first current condition satisfies that the third capture duration criterion is met, the second recommended capture duration value to a seventh capture duration value, wherein the fifth capture duration value is different from the seventh capture duration value; and the third recommended capture duration value to an eighth capture duration value different from the sixth capture duration value; and changing the at least one of 253. The method of any one of claims 250 to 252, further comprising:

254. The set of first capture duration criteria comprises: ambient light detected within the field of view of the one or more cameras; movement detected within the field of view of the one or more cameras; and a second stability of the electronic device; 254. The method of any one of claims 250 to 253, comprising criteria based on one or more parameters selected from the group consisting of:

255. wherein displaying the media capture user interface includes displaying affordances for capturing media simultaneously with the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras, the method comprising: displaying the affordance to capture media and detecting a first input including a selection of the affordance to capture media while displaying the indication that the control is set to a third capture duration, wherein selection of the affordance to capture media corresponds to the single request to capture an image corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to detecting the first input corresponding to the affordance to capture media, initiate capturing a fourth plurality of images over the first capture duration; 255. The method of any one of claims 250 to 254, further comprising:

256. the indication that the control is set to the third capture duration is a first indication; the first indication is displayed at a first position on the control corresponding to the third capture duration; The method comprises: displaying an animation that moves the first indication from the first position on the control to a second position on the control in response to detecting the first input corresponding to the affordance for capturing media; redisplaying the first indication at the first location on the control in response to displaying the first indication at the second location; 256. The method of claim 255, further comprising:

257. the indication that the control is set to the third capture duration is a second indication; the second indication is displayed at a third position on the control corresponding to the third capture duration; The method comprises: In response to detecting the first input corresponding to the affordance for capturing media, displaying an animation that moves the second indication from the third position on the control to a fourth position on the control; and detecting a second change in a current condition of the electronic device while displaying the animation; in response to detecting the second change in current conditions; pursuant to determining that a second current condition satisfies a fourth capture duration criterion and in response to displaying the first indication at the fourth location, displaying the second indication at a fifth location on the control corresponding to a fourth capture duration different from the third capture duration; 257. The method of claim 256, further comprising:

258. modifying a visual appearance of the affordance for capturing media in response to detecting the first input corresponding to the affordance for capturing the media; 258. The method of any one of claims 255 to 257, further comprising:

259. in response to detecting the first input corresponding to the affordance to capture the media, replacing the display of the affordance to capture the media with a display of an affordance to terminate capturing of the media, the affordance being visually different from the affordance to capture the media; 259. The method of any one of claims 255 to 258, further comprising:

260. In response to detecting the first input corresponding to the affordance for capturing the media, displaying via the display device a visual indication of a difference between a pose of the electronic device when capturing of the media was initiated and a pose of the electronic device at a first time after initiating capturing of the media; 260. The method of any one of claims 255 to 259, further comprising:

261. after initiating capture of the first plurality of images for the first capture duration and prior to detecting an end of capture of the first plurality of images for the first capture duration; displaying one or more low light mode animations in accordance with determining that the first capture duration exceeds a threshold; and ceasing to display the one or more low light mode animations in accordance with determining that the first capture duration does not exceed a threshold; and 256. The method of claim 255, further comprising:

262. While capturing said media, At a first time after commencing capture of the first plurality of images over the first capture duration, displaying a representation of a third composite image based on at least some content from a plurality of images captured by the one or more cameras prior to the first time; At a second time after commencing capture of the first plurality of images over the first capture duration, displaying a representation of a fourth composite image based on at least some content from a plurality of images captured by the one or more cameras prior to the second time; the first time is different from the second time; the representation of the third composite image is visually distinct from the representation of the fourth composite image; And, 262. The method of any one of claims 242 to 261, further comprising:

263. 263. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 242 to 262.

264. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 263. An electronic device comprising:

265. 1. An electronic device comprising: a display device and means for performing the method of any one of claims 242 to 262; An electronic device comprising:

266. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device, the one or more programs comprising: displaying a representation of the field of view of one or more cameras; displaying a media capture user interface via the display device; While the low light camera mode is active, upon determining that a first set of capture duration criteria is met, displaying an indication that the control is set to the first capture duration; configuring the electronic device to capture a first plurality of images over the first capture duration in response to a single request to capture an image corresponding to a field of view of the one or more cameras; in response to determining that a second set of capture duration criteria is satisfied, the second set of capture duration criteria being different from the first set of capture duration criteria; displaying an indication that the control is set to a second capture duration that is longer than the first capture duration; configuring the electronic device to capture a second plurality of images over the second capture duration in response to the single request to capture the image corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras; displaying said control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media, A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

267. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are displaying a representation of the field of view of one or more cameras; displaying a media capture user interface via the display device; While the low light camera mode is active, upon determining that a first set of capture duration criteria is met, displaying an indication that the control is set to the first capture duration; configuring the electronic device to capture a first plurality of images over the first capture duration in response to a single request to capture an image corresponding to a field of view of the one or more cameras; in response to determining that a second set of capture duration criteria is satisfied, the second set of capture duration criteria being different from the first set of capture duration criteria; displaying an indication that the control is set to a second capture duration that is longer than the first capture duration; configuring the electronic device to capture a second plurality of images over the second capture duration in response to the single request to capture the image corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras; displaying said control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media, An electronic device containing instructions.

268. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; means for displaying a media capture user interface via the display device, displaying a representation of the field of view of one or more cameras; Means and means for displaying a control for adjusting a capture duration for capturing media while the low light camera mode is active; upon determining that a first set of capture duration criteria is met, displaying an indication that the control is set to a first capture duration; configuring the electronic device to capture a first plurality of images over the first capture duration in response to a single request to capture an image corresponding to a field of view of the one or more cameras; in response to determining that a second set of capture duration criteria is satisfied, the second set of capture duration criteria being different from the first set of capture duration criteria; displaying an indication that the control is set to a second capture duration that is longer than the first capture duration; configuring the electronic device to capture a second plurality of images over the second capture duration in response to the single request to capture the image corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras; a means for An electronic device comprising:

269. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; receiving, via the display device, a request to capture media while displaying the media capture user interface; In response to receiving the request to capture media, initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras; at a first time after initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras; pursuant to determining that a set of guidance criteria are met, including criteria met when a low light mode is active, displaying via the display device a visual indication of a difference between a pose of the electronic device when capture of the media was initiated and a pose of the electronic device at the first time after initiating capture of media; A method comprising:

270. 270. The method of claim 269, wherein the set of guidance criteria includes criteria that are met when the electronic device is configured to capture a plurality of images over a first capture duration that exceeds a threshold duration.

271. The visual indication may include: a first set of one or more shapes representing the pose of the electronic device when the capture of the media was initiated, the first set of one or more shapes being displayed in a first position on the media capture user interface; a second set of one or more shapes representing the pose of the electronic device at the first time after initiating media capture, the second set of one or more shapes being displayed in a second position; and 271. The method of claim 269 or 270, comprising a set of shapes comprising:

272. the first set of one or more shapes includes a first color; 272. The method of claim 271, wherein the second set of one or more shapes comprises a second color different from the first color.

273. Detecting a change in pose of the electronic device at a second time after initiating capture; In response to detecting the change in the pose of the electronic device, displaying the second set of one or more shapes at a third location on the media capture user interface that is different from the second location on the media capture user interface; 273. The method of claim 271 or 272, further comprising:

274. In response to detecting the change in the pose of the electronic device, ceasing to display at least one of the first set of one or more shapes or the second set of one or more shapes in accordance with determining that a difference between the first position of the first set of one or more shapes and a third position of the second set of one or more shapes is within a first threshold difference; maintaining a display of the first set of one or more shapes or the second set of one or more shapes in accordance with a determination that a difference between the first position of the first set of one or more shapes and a third position of the second set of one or more shapes is not within a first threshold difference; 274. The method of any one of claims 271 to 273, further comprising:

275. Detecting a change in pose of the electronic device at a second time after initiating capture; In response to detecting the change in the pose of the electronic device, generating a tactile output in accordance with determining that a difference between the pose of the electronic device when capture of the media was initiated and a pose of the electronic device at the second time after capture of the media was initiated is within a second threshold difference; ceasing to generate the tactile output in accordance with determining that a difference between the pose of the electronic device when capture of the media was initiated and a pose of the electronic device at the second time after capture of media was initiated is not within the second threshold difference; 275. The method of any one of claims 269 to 274, further comprising:

276. Following a determination that a set of guidance criteria has been met, displaying a representation corresponding to a request to stabilize the electronic device while capturing media; 276. The method of any one of claims 269 to 275, further comprising:

277. ceasing to display, via the display device, the visual indication of the difference in accordance with a determination that the set of guidance criteria is not met; 277. The method of any one of claims 269 to 276, further comprising:

278. The visual indication is displayed at the first time, and the method further comprises: detecting an end of the capture of the media at a third time different from the first time; ceasing to display the visual indication via the display device in response to detecting the end of the capture of the media; and 278. The method of any one of claims 269 to 277, further comprising:

279. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 269 to 278.

280. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 279. An electronic device comprising: one or more programs comprising instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 269 to 278.

281. 1. An electronic device comprising: a display device and means for performing the method of any one of claims 269 to 278; An electronic device comprising:

282. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device, the one or more programs comprising: In an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; receiving, via the display device, a request to capture media while displaying the media capture user interface; In response to receiving the request to capture media, initiate capturing media via the one or more cameras; at a first time after initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras; pursuant to a determination that a set of guidance criteria are satisfied, including criteria satisfied when a low light mode is active, displaying, via the display device, a visual indication of a difference between a pose of the electronic device when capture of the media was initiated and a pose of the electronic device at the first time after initiating capture of the media. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

283. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; receiving, via the display device, a request to capture media while displaying the media capture user interface; In response to receiving the request to capture media, initiate capturing media via the one or more cameras; at a first time after initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras; pursuant to a determination that a set of guidance criteria are satisfied, including criteria satisfied when a low light mode is active, displaying, via the display device, a visual indication of a difference between a pose of the electronic device when capture of the media was initiated and a pose of the electronic device at the first time after initiating capture of the media. An electronic device containing instructions.

284. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; means for displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; means for receiving, via the display device, a request to capture media while displaying the media capture user interface; means for initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras in response to receiving the request to capture media; at a first time after initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras; means for displaying, pursuant to a determination that a set of guidance criteria are met, including criteria that are met when a low light mode is active, a visual indication via the display device of a difference between a pose of the electronic device when capture of the media was initiated and a pose of the electronic device at the first time after initiating capture of media; An electronic device comprising:

285. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface comprising: a first region including a first representation of a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras; a second region located outside the first region and visually distinct from the first region; displaying, in the second region, a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras with a first visual appearance in accordance with a determination that a first set of respective criteria is satisfied, the first respective criteria including criteria that are satisfied when a first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a first distance from the one or more cameras; ceasing to display the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance within the second region in accordance with a determination that a second set of respective criteria is satisfied, the respective criteria including criteria that are satisfied when the first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a second distance from the one or more cameras; including, A method comprising:

286. 286. The method of claim 285, wherein the second region includes a plurality of control affordances that control a plurality of camera settings.

287. The electronic device is configured to focus on the first respective object within the field of view of the one or more cameras, and the method includes: receiving a first request to adjust a focus setting of the electronic device while displaying the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance; In response to receiving the first request to adjust the focus setting of the electronic device, configuring the electronic device to focus on a second respective object within the field of view of the one or more cameras; while the electronic device is configured to focus on the second respective object within the field of view of the one or more cameras; ceasing to display the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance within the second region in accordance with a determination that a third set of respective criteria is satisfied, the third set including criteria that are satisfied when the second respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a third distance from the one or more cameras; 287. The method of claim 285 or 286, further comprising:

288. detecting a first change in distance between the first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras and the one or more cameras while displaying the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance; in response to detecting the first change in distance between the first respective object within the field of view of the one or more cameras and the one or more cameras; ceasing to display the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance within the second region in accordance with a determination that a set of fourth respective criteria is satisfied, the fourth respective criteria including criteria that are satisfied when the first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a fourth distance from the one or more cameras; 288. The method of any one of claims 285 to 287, further comprising:

289. ceasing to display the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance within the second region includes: ceasing to display, within the second region, at least a portion of the third portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras that was previously displayed within the second region; 289. The method of any one of claims 285 to 288, comprising:

290. 289. The method of any one of claims 285 to 289, wherein ceasing to display the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance within the second region comprises increasing the opacity of a first blackening layer superimposed on the second region.

291. The electronic device is configured to focus on the first respective object within the field of view of the one or more cameras, and the method includes: receiving a second request to adjust a focus setting of the electronic device while the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras is not displayed in the first visual appearance; and configuring the electronic device to focus on a third respective object within the field of view of the one or more cameras in response to receiving the second request to adjust the focus setting of the electronic device; while the electronic device is configured to focus on the third respective object within the field of view of the one or more cameras; displaying the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance within the second region in accordance with a determination that a set of fifth respective criteria is satisfied, the fifth respective criteria including criteria that are satisfied when the third respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a fifth distance from the one or more cameras; 291. The method of any one of claims 285 to 290, further comprising:

292. detecting a second change in distance between the first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras and the one or more cameras while the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras is not displayed with the first visual appearance; in response to detecting the second change in the distance between the first respective object within the field of view of the one or more cameras and the one or more cameras; displaying the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance within the second region in accordance with a determination that a set of sixth respective criteria is satisfied, the sixth respective criteria including criteria that are satisfied when the first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a sixth distance from the one or more cameras; 292. The method of any one of claims 285 to 291, further comprising:

293. 293. The method of any one of claims 285 to 292, wherein displaying within the second region the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance includes displaying within the second region a fourth portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras that was not previously displayed within the second region.

294. 294. The method of any one of claims 285 to 293, wherein displaying the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance within the second region comprises reducing the opacity of a second blackening layer superimposed on the second region.

295. the first visual appearance includes a first visual prominence, and displaying the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras with the first visual appearance includes: displaying an animation that gradually transitions the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras from a second visual appearance to the first visual appearance, the second visual appearance having a second visual prominence different from the first visual prominence; 295. The method of any one of claims 285 to 294, comprising:

296. the first portion is displayed in a third visual appearance different from the first visual appearance; The method comprises: receiving a request to capture media while the first portion is displayed in the third visual appearance and the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras is displayed in the first visual appearance; In response to receiving the request to capture media, capturing media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras, the media including content from the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras and content from the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; After capturing the media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras, displaying a representation of the media, the representation including content from the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras and content from the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; 286. The method of claim 285, further comprising:

297. 297. The method of any one of claims 285 to 296, wherein at least a first portion of the second region is above the first region.

298. 298. The method of any one of claims 285 to 297, wherein at least a second portion of the second region is below the second region.

299. receiving an input at a location on the camera user interface; in response to receiving the input at the location on the camera user interface, configuring the electronic device to focus on the location of the input in accordance with determining that the location of the input is within the first region; ceasing to configure the electronic device to focus on the location of the input in accordance with determining that the location of the input is within the second region; and 299. The method of any one of claims 285 to 298, further comprising:

300. 300. The method of any one of claims 285 to 299, wherein when displayed in the first visual appearance, the second region is visually distinct from the first region.

301. 301. The method of any one of claims 285 to 300, wherein the set of first respective criteria includes a criterion that is satisfied when the first respective object is the closest object identified within the field of view of the one or more cameras.

302. 302. The method of any one of claims 285 to 301, wherein the set of first respective criteria includes criteria that are satisfied when the first respective object is in a focal position within the field of view of the one or more cameras.

303. the first region is separated from the second region by a boundary; 303. The method of any one of claims 285 to 302, wherein the first set of respective criteria includes a criterion that is met when detected visual tear adjacent the border exceeds a visual tear threshold level.

304. the first set of respective criteria includes a criterion that is satisfied when the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras is a portion of the field of view of a first camera; 304. The method of any one of claims 285 to 303, wherein the set of second respective criteria includes a criterion that is satisfied when the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras is a portion of the field of view of a second camera.

305. receiving a request to capture media while displaying the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance; In response to receiving the request to capture media, capturing media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras, the media including content from the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras and content from the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; receiving a request to edit the captured media after capturing the media; In response to receiving the request to edit the captured media, displaying a representation of the captured media including at least a portion of the content from the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras and at least a portion of the content from the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; 305. The method of any one of claims 285 to 304, further comprising:

306. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 285 to 305.

307. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 306. An electronic device comprising:

308. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras and means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 285 to 305; An electronic device comprising:

309. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising: via the display device, a camera user interface, a first region including a first representation of a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras; a second area outside of and visually distinct from the first area, displaying, in the second region, a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras with a first visual appearance in accordance with a determination that a first set of respective criteria is satisfied, the first respective criteria including criteria that are satisfied when a first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a first distance from the one or more cameras; ceasing to display the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance within the second region in accordance with a determination that a second set of respective criteria is satisfied, the respective criteria including criteria that are satisfied when the first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a second distance from the one or more cameras; Including, Displaying the camera user interface, A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

310. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are via the display device, a camera user interface, a first region including a first representation of a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras; a second area outside of and visually distinct from the first area, displaying, in the second region, a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras with a first visual appearance in accordance with a determination that a first set of respective criteria is satisfied, the first respective criteria including criteria that are satisfied when a first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a first distance from the one or more cameras; ceasing to display the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance within the second region in accordance with a determination that a second set of respective criteria is satisfied, the respective criteria including criteria that are satisfied when the first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a second distance from the one or more cameras; Including, Displaying the camera user interface, An electronic device containing instructions.

311. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; means for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface comprising: a first region including a first representation of a first portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras; a second region located outside the first region and visually distinct from the first region; displaying, in the second region, a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras with a first visual appearance in accordance with a determination that a first set of respective criteria is satisfied, the first respective criteria including criteria that are satisfied when a first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a first distance from the one or more cameras; ceasing to display the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in the first visual appearance within the second region in accordance with a determination that a second set of respective criteria is satisfied, the respective criteria including criteria that are satisfied when the first respective object in the field of view of the one or more cameras is a second distance from the one or more cameras; Including, Means and An electronic device comprising:

312. 1. A method comprising:

1. An electronic device having a display device, a first camera having a field of view, and a second camera having a field of view wider than the field of view of the first camera, displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a representation of at least a portion of a field of view of one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface comprising: a first region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the first camera at the first zoom level; a second region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the second camera at the first zoom level; and receiving, via the display device, a first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to a second zoom level while displaying the camera user interface including the representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at the first zoom level; in response to receiving the first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to the second zoom level; displaying, in the first region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the first camera at the second zoom level, the representation excluding at least a subset of the first portion of the field of view of the first camera; displaying, in the second region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the second camera that overlaps with the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera at the second zoom level without displaying, in the second region, a representation of the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera; A method comprising:

313. 313. The method of claim 312, wherein the first portion of the field of view of the second camera is different from the second portion of the field of view of the second camera.

314. receiving a second request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to a third zoom level while displaying the representation of the second portion of the field of view of the first camera at the second zoom level in the first region and displaying the representation of the second portion of the field of view of the second camera at the second zoom level in the second region; in response to receiving the second request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to the third zoom level; in response to determining that the third zoom level is within a first range of zoom values, displaying a representation of a third portion of the field of view of the first camera at the third zoom level in the first area; displaying a representation of a fourth portion of the field of view of the first camera at the third zoom level in the second area; 314. The method of claim 312 or 313, further comprising:

315. receiving a third request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to a fourth zoom level while displaying the representation of the third portion of the field of view of the first camera at the third zoom level in the first region and displaying the representation of the fourth portion of the field of view of the first camera at the third zoom level in the second region; in response to receiving the third request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to the fourth zoom level; upon determining that the fourth zoom level is within a second range of zoom values, displaying, in the first region, a representation of a fifth portion of the field of view of the third camera at the fourth zoom level, the fifth portion excluding at least a subset of the third portion of the field of view of the third camera; displaying, in the second region, a representation of a fifth portion of the field of view of the first camera that overlaps with the subset of the portion of the field of view of the third camera that is excluded from the fifth portion of the field of view of the third camera at the fourth zoom level without displaying, in the second region, a representation of the subset of the portion of the field of view of the third camera that is excluded from the fifth portion of the field of view of the third camera; 315. The method of claim 314, further comprising:

316. receiving a fourth request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to a fifth zoom level while displaying, in the first region, the representation of the fifth portion of the field of view of the third camera at the fourth zoom level, the fifth portion excluding at least the subset of the third portion of the field of view of the third camera, and displaying, in the second region, the representation of the fifth portion of the field of view of the first camera that overlaps with the subset of the portion of the field of view of the third camera that is excluded from the fifth portion of the field of view of the third camera at the fourth zoom level without displaying, in the second region, the representation of the subset of the portion of the field of view of the third camera that is excluded from the fifth portion of the field of view of the third camera; in response to receiving the fourth request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to the fifth zoom level; in response to determining that the fifth zoom level is within a third zoom value range, displaying a representation of a sixth portion of the field of view of the third camera at the fifth zoom level in the first area; displaying in the second area a representation of a seventh portion of the field of view of the third camera at the fifth zoom level; and 316. The method of claim 315, further comprising:

317. receiving a first request to reduce the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to a sixth zoom level while displaying the representation of the sixth portion of the field of view of the third camera at the fifth zoom level in the first region and displaying the representation of the seventh portion of the field of view of the third camera at the fifth zoom level in the second region; in response to receiving the first request to reduce the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to the sixth zoom level; upon determining that the sixth zoom level is within a fourth zoom value range for display within the second region; displaying, in the first region, a representation of an eighth portion of the field of view of the third camera at the sixth zoom level, the eighth portion excluding at least a subset of the third portion of the field of view of the third camera; displaying, in the second region, a representation of an eighth portion of the field of view of the first camera that overlaps with the subset of the portion of the field of view of the third camera that is excluded from the eighth portion of the field of view of the third camera at the sixth zoom level without displaying, in the second region, a representation of the subset of the portion of the field of view of the third camera that is excluded from the eighth portion of the field of view of the third camera; 317. The method of claim 316, further comprising:

318. receiving a second request to reduce the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to a seventh zoom level while displaying, in the first region, the representation of the eighth portion of the field of view of the third camera that overlaps with at least the subset of the eighth portion of the field of view of the first camera at the sixth zoom level without displaying, in the first region, the representation of at least the subset of the eighth portion of the field of view of the first camera, and displaying, in the second region, the representation of the eighth portion of the field of view of the first camera at the sixth zoom level that excludes at least the subset of the eighth portion of the field of view of the first camera; in response to receiving the second request to reduce the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to the seventh zoom level; in response to determining that the seventh zoom level is within a fifth zoom value range, displaying a representation of a ninth portion of the field of view of the first camera at the seventh zoom level in the first area; displaying a representation of a tenth portion of the field of view of the first camera at the seventh zoom level in the second area; 318. The method of claim 317, further comprising:

319. 319. The method of any one of claims 312 to 318, wherein the second region includes a plurality of control affordances for controlling a plurality of camera settings.

320. receiving an input at a location on the camera user interface; in response to receiving the input at the location on the camera user interface, configuring the electronic device to focus on the location of the input in accordance with determining that the location of the input is within the first region; ceasing to configure the electronic device to focus on the location of the input in accordance with determining that the location of the input is within the second region; and 320. The method of any one of claims 312 to 319, further comprising:

321. receiving a request to capture media while displaying, via the display device, the camera user interface including the representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at the first zoom level; In response to receiving the request to capture media, capturing media corresponding to the field of view of the one or more cameras, the media including content from the first portion of the field of view of the first camera at the first zoom level and content from the first portion of the field of view of the second camera at the first zoom level; receiving a request to edit the captured media after capturing the media; In response to receiving the request to edit the captured media, displaying a representation of the captured media including at least a portion of the content from the first portion of the field of view of the first camera at the first zoom level and at least a portion of the content from the first portion of the field of view of the second camera at the first zoom level; 313. The method of claim 312, further comprising:

322. 322. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device, a first camera having a field of view, and a second camera having a field of view wider than the field of view of the first camera, wherein the one or more programs include instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 312 to 321.

323. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; a first camera having a field of view; a second camera having a field of view wider than the field of view of the first camera; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 322. An electronic device comprising:

324. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; a first camera having a field of view; a second camera having a field of view wider than the field of view of the first camera; and means for performing the method of any one of claims 312 to 321; An electronic device comprising:

325. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device, a first camera having a field of view, and a second camera having a field of view wider than the field of view of the first camera, the one or more programs comprising: a camera user interface including a representation of at least a portion of a field of view of one or more cameras displayed via the display device at a first zoom level, a first region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the first camera at the first zoom level; a second region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the second camera at the first zoom level; displaying a camera user interface, including receiving, while displaying via the display device the camera user interface including the representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at the first zoom level, a first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to a second zoom level; in response to receiving the first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to the second zoom level; displaying, in the first region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the first camera at the second zoom level, the representation excluding at least a subset of the first portion of the field of view of the first camera; displaying, in the second region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the second camera that overlaps with the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera at the second zoom level without displaying, in the second region, a representation of the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

326. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; a first camera having a field of view; a second camera having a field of view wider than the field of view of the first camera; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are a camera user interface including a representation of at least a portion of a field of view of one or more cameras displayed via the display device at a first zoom level, a first region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the first camera at the first zoom level; a second region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the second camera at the first zoom level; displaying a camera user interface, including receiving, while displaying via the display device the camera user interface including the representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at the first zoom level, a first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to a second zoom level; in response to receiving the first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to the second zoom level; displaying, in the first region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the first camera at the second zoom level, the representation excluding at least a subset of the first portion of the field of view of the first camera; displaying, in the second region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the second camera that overlaps with the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera at the second zoom level without displaying, in the second region, a representation of the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera. An electronic device containing instructions.

327. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; a first camera having a field of view; a second camera having a field of view wider than the field of view of the first camera; one or more cameras; means for displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a representation of at least a portion of a field of view of one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface comprising: a first region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the first camera at the first zoom level; a second region including a representation of a first portion of the field of view of the second camera at the first zoom level; a means for means for receiving, via the display device, a first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to a second zoom level while displaying the camera user interface including the representation of at least a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at the first zoom level; in response to receiving the first request to increase the zoom level of the representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras to the second zoom level; displaying, in the first region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the first camera at the second zoom level, the representation excluding at least a subset of the first portion of the field of view of the first camera; displaying, in the second region, a representation of a second portion of the field of view of the second camera that overlaps with the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera at the second zoom level without displaying, in the second region, a representation of the subset of the portion of the field of view of the first camera that is excluded from the second portion of the field of view of the first camera. Means and An electronic device comprising:

328. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a first representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a plurality of zoom affordances, the plurality of zoom affordances including a first zoom affordance and a second zoom affordance; receiving a first gesture directed toward one of the plurality of zoom affordances while displaying the plurality of zoom affordances; In response to receiving the first gesture, displaying a second representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras at a second zoom level in accordance with determining that the first gesture is directed toward the first zoom affordance; and displaying a third representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras at a third zoom level different from the first zoom level and the second zoom level in accordance with determining that the first gesture is directed toward the second zoom affordance; and A method comprising:

329. maintaining visual characteristics of the second zoom affordance and modifying visual characteristics of the first zoom affordance in accordance with the determination that the first gesture is directed toward the first zoom affordance; maintaining the visual characteristics of the first zoom affordance and modifying the visual characteristics of the second zoom affordance in accordance with the determination that the first gesture is the gesture directed toward the second zoom affordance; 329. The method of claim 328, further comprising:

330. Modifying the visual characteristics of the first zoom affordance includes: changing the size of the first zoom affordance from a first size to a second size, wherein the second size of the first zoom affordance is different from the current size of the second zoom affordance; and changing a color of the first zoom affordance from a first color to a second color, wherein the second color of the first zoom affordance is different from a current color of the second zoom affordance; 330. The method of claim 329, comprising one or more of:

331. receiving a second gesture directed toward the first zoom affordance while displaying the second representation of at least the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras at the second zoom level; In response to receiving the second gesture directed toward the first zoom affordance, displaying a fourth representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras at a fourth zoom level in accordance with a determination that the first zoom affordance satisfies a first respective criterion; In response to determining that the first zoom affordance satisfies a second respective criterion, ceasing to display the fourth representation of at least the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras at the fourth zoom level; and maintaining display of the second representation of the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras at the second zoom level; and 331. The method of any one of claims 328 to 330, further comprising:

332. The first gesture is a gesture of a first type, and the method further comprises: receiving a third gesture directed at the first zoom affordance, the third gesture being a second type of gesture different from the first type of gesture; displaying a control for changing a zoom level of a first currently displayed representation in response to receiving the third gesture directed at the first zoom affordance, the control for changing the zoom level of the first currently displayed representation including a first indication of a current zoom level of the first currently displayed representation; receiving, while displaying the control for changing the zoom level of the first currently displayed representation, a fourth gesture directed at the control for changing the zoom level; in response to receiving the fourth gesture directed at the control for changing the zoom level; displaying a second indication of a fifth zoom level on the control for changing the zoom level; and displaying a fourth representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras at the fifth zoom level; and 332. The method of any one of claims 328 to 331, further comprising:

333. 333. The method of claim 332, wherein the first indication of the zoom level of the first currently displayed representation is displayed at a location corresponding to a selected zoom level on the control for changing the zoom level of the first currently displayed representation.

334. 334. The method of claim 332 or 333, wherein the control for changing the zoom level of the first currently displayed representation is a rotatable user interface element.

335. 335. The method of any one of claims 332 to 334, wherein displaying the control for changing the zoom level of the first currently displayed representation comprises replacing the display of the plurality of zoom affordances with the display of the control for changing the zoom level of the first currently displayed representation.

336. the third gesture includes a movement in a first direction; 336. The method of any one of claims 332 to 335, wherein the fourth gesture includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction.

337. detecting a lift-off of the fourth gesture after receiving the fourth gesture directed at the control for changing the zoom level; After detecting the lift-off of the fourth gesture, ceasing to display the control for changing the zoom level in accordance with a determination that there is no gesture directed at the control for changing the zoom level within a predetermined time frame; 337. The method of any one of claims 332 to 336, further comprising:

338. Displaying the control for changing the zoom level of the first currently displayed representation includes: simultaneously displaying a plurality of visual indicators on an adjustable control, wherein each zoom level of the plurality of zoom levels corresponding to the plurality of zoom affordances is represented by a different corresponding visual indicator of the plurality of visual indicators; 338. The method of any one of claims 332 to 337, comprising:

339. In response to receiving the first gesture, configuring the electronic device to focus on a location of the first gesture according to a determination that the first gesture is not directed toward at least one of the plurality of zoom affordances and is directed toward a first portion of the first representation; 339. The method of any one of claims 328 to 338, further comprising:

340. In response to receiving the first gesture, ceasing to configure the electronic device to focus on a location of the first gesture in accordance with determining that the first gesture is not directed toward at least one of the plurality of zoom affordances and is directed toward a second portion of the first representation; 340. The method of any one of claims 328 to 339, further comprising:

341. the second representation of at least the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras is a representation of at least a portion of the field of view of a first camera of the one or more cameras; the third representation of at least the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras is a representation of at least a portion of the field of view of a second camera of the one or more cameras; 341. The method of any one of claims 328 to 340, wherein the first camera is different from the second camera.

342. Displaying the second representation of at least the portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras at the second zoom level includes: displaying a portion of the second representation in a first visual appearance in accordance with determining that the second zoom level is a sixth zoom level; displaying a portion of the second representation in a second visual appearance different from the first visual appearance in accordance with determining that the second zoom level is a seventh zoom level different from the sixth zoom level; 342. The method of any one of claims 328 to 341, comprising:

343. the plurality of zoom affordances includes a third zoom affordance; The method comprises: receiving a request to change the zoom level of the second currently displayed representation; in response to receiving the request to change the zoom level of the second currently displayed representation to an eighth zoom level; replacing the display of the first zoom affordance with the display of a fourth zoom affordance corresponding to the eighth zoom level in accordance with a determination that the eighth zoom level is within a first zoom value range; replacing the display of the second zoom affordance with the display of the fourth zoom affordance corresponding to the eighth zoom level in accordance with a determination that the eighth zoom level is within a second zoom value range; replacing the display of the third zoom affordance with the display of the fourth zoom affordance corresponding to the eighth zoom level in accordance with a determination that the eighth zoom level is within a third zoom value range; 343. The method of any one of claims 328 to 342, further comprising:

344. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 328 to 343.

345. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 344. An electronic device comprising: one or more programs comprising instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 328 to 343.

346. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras and means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 328 to 343; An electronic device comprising:

347. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a first representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a plurality of zoom affordances, the plurality of zoom affordances including a first zoom affordance and a second zoom affordance; receiving a first gesture directed toward one of the plurality of zoom affordances while displaying the plurality of zoom affordances; In response to receiving the first gesture, displaying a second representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras at a second zoom level in accordance with determining that the first gesture is directed toward the first zoom affordance; displaying a third representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras at a third zoom level different from the first zoom level and the second zoom level in accordance with determining that the first gesture is directed toward the second zoom affordance. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

348. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a first representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a plurality of zoom affordances, the plurality of zoom affordances including a first zoom affordance and a second zoom affordance; receiving a first gesture directed toward one of the plurality of zoom affordances while displaying the plurality of zoom affordances; In response to receiving the first gesture, displaying a second representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras at a second zoom level in accordance with determining that the first gesture is directed toward the first zoom affordance; displaying a third representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras at a third zoom level different from the first zoom level and the second zoom level in accordance with determining that the first gesture is directed toward the second zoom affordance. An electronic device containing instructions.

349. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; means for displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface including a first representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras displayed at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a plurality of zoom affordances, the plurality of zoom affordances including a first zoom affordance and a second zoom affordance; means for receiving a first gesture directed toward one of the plurality of zoom affordances while displaying the plurality of zoom affordances; In response to receiving the first gesture, displaying a second representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras at a second zoom level in accordance with determining that the first gesture is directed toward the first zoom affordance; displaying a third representation of at least a portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras at a third zoom level different from the first zoom level and the second zoom level in accordance with determining that the first gesture is directed toward the second zoom affordance. Means and An electronic device comprising:

350. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface comprising: a camera display area containing a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a camera control area including a first plurality of camera mode affordances in a first position that indicate different operational modes of the one or more cameras; and detecting a first gesture directed at the camera user interface while displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras; In response to detecting the first gesture directed at the camera user interface, displaying a first set of camera setting affordances at the first location, the first set of camera setting affordances being settings that adjust image capture for a first camera mode; ceasing to display the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the camera at the first position; and receiving a second gesture directed at the camera user interface while displaying the first set of camera setting affordances at the first location and while the electronic device is configured to capture media in the first camera mode; in response to receiving the second gesture directed at the camera user interface; configuring the electronic device to capture media in a second camera mode different from the first camera mode; displaying a second set of camera setting affordances at the first location without displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras at the first location; and A method comprising:

351. 351. The method of claim 350, wherein the second set of camera setting affordances are settings that adjust image capture for the second camera mode.

352. 352. The method of claim 350 or 351, wherein the second set of camera setting affordances is different from the first set of camera setting affordances.

353. 353. The method of any one of claims 350 to 352, wherein the first set of camera setting affordances includes one or more of a flash setting affordance, an image capture setting affordance, an aspect ratio camera setting affordance, a filter setting camera setting affordance, a high dynamic range imaging camera setting affordance, and a low light camera setting affordance.

354. Detecting the first gesture includes detecting a first contact directed toward the camera user interface, the method further comprising: While detecting the first gesture, detecting completion of the first gesture before detecting lift-off of the first contact; providing a tactile output in response to detecting completion of the first gesture before detecting lift-off of the first contact; 354. The method of any one of claims 350 to 353, further comprising:

355. detecting a third gesture directed toward the camera user interface while displaying the camera user interface; in response to detecting the third gesture directed at the camera user interface; In response to a determination that the second set of camera setting affordances was displayed when the third gesture was detected, configuring the electronic device to capture media in a third camera mode; displaying a third set of camera setting affordances at the first location without displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras; and pursuant to a determination that the first plurality of camera mode affordances were displayed when the third gesture was detected, displaying a second plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different camera operating modes of the one or more cameras at the first location without displaying the second set of camera setting affordances and the third set of camera setting affordances, and configuring the electronic device to capture media in the first camera mode and the third camera mode, wherein the second plurality of camera mode affordances are different from the first plurality of camera mode affordances; 355. The method of any one of claims 350 to 354, further comprising:

356. 356. The method of claim 355, wherein displaying the third set of camera setting affordances at the first location comprises displaying an animation of the third set of camera setting affordances replacing the first set of camera setting affordances.

357. The representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras is a first representation of a first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, and the method further comprises: in response to receiving the second gesture directed at the camera user interface; displaying a second representation of a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras in accordance with determining that the electronic device is configured to capture media via a first type of camera, the second portion of the field of view not including a portion of the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; 357. The method of any one of claims 350 to 356, further comprising:

358. The representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras is a third representation of a third portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, and the method further comprises: in response to receiving the second gesture directed at the camera user interface; displaying a fourth representation of a fourth portion of a field of view of the one or more cameras in accordance with determining that the electronic device is configured to capture media using a second type of camera, the fourth portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras including a portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras that is not in the third portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; 358. The method of any one of claims 350 to 357, further comprising:

359. the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras is a fifth representation of a fifth portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; the fifth representation is displayed at a second location on the display device; and The method comprises: in response to receiving the second gesture directed at the camera user interface; In response to determining that the electronic device is configured to capture media using a third type camera, moving the fifth representation from the second position on the display device to a third position on the display device; 359. The method of claim 357 or 358, further comprising:

360. the first camera mode is a portrait mode; the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras is displayed at a first zoom level; The method comprises: While displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances, Displaying affordances for controlling lighting effects operations and zoom affordances; receiving a fourth gesture directed toward the zoom affordance while displaying the zoom affordance; and displaying a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras at a second zoom level in response to receiving the fourth gesture directed at the zoom affordance; and 360. The method of any one of claims 350 to 359, further comprising:

361. The first plurality of camera mode affordances include: a first camera mode affordance that, when selected, causes the electronic device to capture media in the first camera mode in response to a request to capture media; a second camera mode affordance that, when selected, causes the electronic device to capture media in the second camera mode in response to a request to capture media; and 361. The method of any one of claims 350 to 360, comprising:

362. 362. The method of claim 361, wherein while displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances, the first camera mode affordance is displayed adjacent to the second camera mode affordance.

363. 363. The method of claim 361 or 362, wherein prior to detecting the first gesture directed toward the camera user interface and while displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances, the first camera mode affordance is displayed along with an indication that the first camera mode is active.

364. detecting a fifth gesture directed toward the camera user interface while displaying the second set of camera setting affordances at the first location; and in response to detecting the fifth gesture directed toward the camera user interface; displaying a third plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different camera operational modes of the one or more cameras; the third plurality of camera mode affordances includes the second camera mode affordance; the second camera mode affordance is displayed along with an indication that the second camera mode is active. And, 364. The method of claim 362 or 363, further comprising:

365. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 350 to 364.

366. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 365. An electronic device comprising: one or more programs comprising instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 350 to 364.

367. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras and means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 350 to 364; An electronic device comprising:

368. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising: via the display device, a camera user interface, a camera display area containing a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a camera control area including a first plurality of camera mode affordances in a first position that indicate different operational modes of the one or more cameras; displaying a camera user interface, including detecting a first gesture directed at the camera user interface while displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras; In response to detecting the first gesture directed at the camera user interface, displaying a first set of camera setting affordances at the first location, the first set of camera setting affordances being settings that adjust image capture for a first camera mode; ceasing to display the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the camera at the first position; receiving a second gesture directed at the camera user interface while displaying the first set of camera setting affordances at the first location and while the electronic device is configured to capture media in the first camera mode; in response to receiving the second gesture directed at the camera user interface; configuring the electronic device to capture media in a second camera mode different from the first camera mode; displaying a second set of camera setting affordances at the first location without displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras at the first location. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

369. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are via the display device, a camera user interface, a camera display area containing a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a camera control area including a first plurality of camera mode affordances in a first position that indicate different operational modes of the one or more cameras; displaying a camera user interface, including detecting a first gesture directed at the camera user interface while displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras; In response to detecting the first gesture directed at the camera user interface, displaying a first set of camera setting affordances at the first location, the first set of camera setting affordances adjusting image capture for a first camera mode; ceasing to display the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the camera at the first position; receiving a second gesture directed at the camera user interface while displaying the first set of camera setting affordances at the first location and while the electronic device is configured to capture media in the first camera mode; in response to receiving the second gesture directed at the camera user interface; configuring the electronic device to capture media in a second camera mode different from the first camera mode; displaying a second set of camera setting affordances at the first location without displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras at the first location. An electronic device containing instructions.

370. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; means for displaying a camera user interface via the display device, the camera user interface comprising: a camera display area containing a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a camera control area including a first plurality of camera mode affordances in a first position that indicate different operational modes of the one or more cameras; a means for means for detecting a first gesture directed at the camera user interface while displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras; In response to detecting the first gesture directed at the camera user interface, displaying a first set of camera setting affordances at the first location, the first set of camera setting affordances being settings that adjust image capture for a first camera mode; ceasing to display the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the camera at the first position; Means and means for receiving a second gesture directed at the camera user interface while displaying the first set of camera setting affordances at the first location and while the electronic device is configured to capture media in the first camera mode; in response to receiving the second gesture directed at the camera user interface; configuring the electronic device to capture media in a second camera mode different from the first camera mode; displaying a second set of camera setting affordances at the first location without displaying the first plurality of camera mode affordances indicating different operational modes of the one or more cameras at the first location. Means and An electronic device comprising:

371. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device, receiving a request to display a representation of a previously captured media item, the representation including first content from a first portion of a field of view of one or more cameras and second content from a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to receiving the request to display the representation of the previously captured media item, displaying, via the display device, a representation of the previously captured media item including a combination of the first content and the second content in accordance with a determination that automatic media correction criteria are satisfied; displaying, via the display device, a representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and that does not include the second content, in accordance with a determination that automatic media correction criteria have not been met; A method comprising:

372. and displaying, via the display device, a camera user interface prior to receiving the request to display the representation of the previously captured media item, the camera user interface comprising: a first region including a representation of the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; a second region including a representation of the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, the representation of the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras being visually distinct from the representation of the first portion; including, The method of claim 371, further comprising:

373. displaying a first auto-adjustment affordance indicating that auto-adjustment has been applied to the previously captured media item in accordance with the determination that auto-adjustment criteria have been met; and pursuant to determining that an automatic media correction criterion has not been met, displaying a second auto-adjustment affordance indicating that the automatic adjustment was not applied to the previously captured media item, the second auto-adjustment affordance being visually distinct from the first auto-adjustment affordance; and 373. The method of claim 371 or 372, further comprising:

374. receiving a first input corresponding to a selection of the first auto-adjust affordance while displaying the first auto-adjust affordance and displaying, via the display device, the representation of the previously captured media item including the combination of the first content and the second content; displaying, via the display device, the representation of the previously captured media item including the first content and excluding the second content, in response to receiving the first input corresponding to a selection of the first auto-adjust affordance; The method of claim 373, further comprising:

375. receiving a second input corresponding to a selection of the second auto-adjust affordance while displaying the second auto-adjust affordance and displaying, via the display device, the representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and does not include the second content; displaying, via the display device, the representation of the previously captured media item including the combination of the first content and the second content in response to receiving the second input corresponding to a selection of the second auto-adjust affordance; The method of claim 373, further comprising:

376. the previously captured media item is an image; the representation of the previously captured media item including the combination of the first content and the second content includes an edge portion; 376. The method of any one of claims 371 to 375, wherein the representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and does not include the second content does not further include the edge portion.

377. the previously captured media item is a video; the representation of the previously captured media item including the combination of the first content and the second content includes a first amount of movement; 377. The method of any one of claims 371 to 376, wherein the representation of the previously captured media item, including the first content and not including the second content, includes a second amount of movement that is different from the first amount of movement.

378. the previously captured media item includes an identifiable object; the representation of the previously captured media item including the combination of the first content and the second content includes a portion of the identifiable object; 378. The method of any one of claims 371 to 377, wherein the representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and does not include the second content does not include the portion of the identifiable object.

379. 379. The method of claim 371, wherein the automatic media correction criteria include a second criterion that is met when the previously captured media item is determined to include one or more visual aspects that can be corrected using the second content from the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras.

380. 380. The method of claim 379, wherein the automatic media correction criteria include a third criterion that is met when the second criterion was met before the previously captured media item was displayed.

381. In response to receiving the request to display the representation of the previously captured media item and in accordance with determining that automatic media correction criteria are met, displaying simultaneously with the representation of the previously captured media item including the combination of the first content and the second content a third auto-adjustment affordance that, when selected, causes the electronic device to perform a first operation; 381. The method of any one of claims 371 to 380, further comprising:

382. 382. The method of any one of claims 371 to 381, wherein the automatic media correction criteria include criteria that are met when an automatic apply setting is enabled and that are not met when the automatic apply setting is disabled.

383. 383. The method of any one of claims 371 to 382, ​​wherein the auto-apply settings are user-configurable settings.

384. in response to receiving the request to display the representation of the previously captured media item and in response to determining that automatic media correction criteria have not been met; pursuant to determining that a first set of criteria is met, displaying, concurrently with the representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and does not include the second content, a fourth auto-adjusting affordance that, when selected, causes the electronic device to perform a second action; 384. The method of any one of claims 371 to 383, further comprising:

385. in response to receiving the request to display the representation of the previously captured media item and in response to determining that automatic media correction criteria have not been met; pursuant to a determination that the first set of criteria is not met, displaying a non-selectable indicator concurrently with the representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and does not include the second content; 385. The method of any one of claims 371 to 384, further comprising:

386. In response to receiving the request to display the representation of the previously captured media item, displaying a content processing indicator in accordance with a determination that the content processing criteria have been met; ceasing to display the content processing indicator in accordance with a determination that the content processing criteria have not been met; and 386. The method of any one of claims 371 to 385, further comprising:

387. ceasing the display of the content processing indicator while displaying the content processing indicator and pursuant to a determination that the content processing criteria are no longer satisfied; The method of claim 386, further comprising:

388. while displaying the representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and does not include the second content and while displaying the content processing indicator, and pursuant to a determination that the content processing criteria are no longer satisfied, replacing the representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and does not include the second content with the representation of the previously captured media item that includes a combination of the first content and the second content; The method of claim 386, further comprising:

389. displaying a second representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and does not include the second content while displaying the representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and does not include the second content and while displaying the content processing indicator; while displaying the second representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and does not include the second content, and pursuant to a determination that the content processing criteria are no longer satisfied, replacing the second representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and does not include the second content with a second representation of the previously captured media item that includes a combination of the first content and the second content; The method of claim 386, further comprising:

390. displaying an animation of the representation of the previously captured media item including the combination of the first content and the second content, transitioning to the representation of the previously captured media item including the first content and not the second content, while displaying the representation of the previously captured media item including the combination of the first content and the second content; 390. The method of any one of claims 371 to 389, further comprising:

391. displaying an animation of the representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and does not include the second content, transitioning to the representation of the previously captured media item that includes a combination of the first content and the second content, while displaying the representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and does not include the second content; 391. The method of any one of claims 371 to 390, further comprising:

392. receiving a request to display a representation of a media item that includes third content from the first portion of a field of view of one or more cameras and that does not include fourth content from the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; in response to receiving the request to display the representation of the previously captured media item, the representation including third content from the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras and not including fourth content from the second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras, ceasing to display an indication that additional media content outside the first portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras is available; 392. The method of any one of claims 371 to 391, further comprising:

393. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 371 to 392.

394. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 393. An electronic device comprising: one or more programs comprising instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 371 to 392.

395. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device and means for performing the method of any one of claims 371 to 392; An electronic device comprising:

396. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device, the one or more programs comprising: receiving a request to display a representation of a previously captured media item, the representation including first content from a first portion of a field of view of one or more cameras and second content from a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to receiving the request to display the representation of the previously captured media item, pursuant to determining that automatic media correction criteria are satisfied, displaying via the display device a representation of the previously captured media item including a combination of the first content and the second content; displaying, via the display device, a representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and that does not include the second content, in accordance with a determination that automatic media correction criteria have not been met. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

397. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are receiving a request to display a representation of a previously captured media item, the representation including first content from a first portion of a field of view of one or more cameras and second content from a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to receiving the request to display the representation of the previously captured media item, pursuant to determining that automatic media correction criteria are satisfied, displaying via the display device a representation of the previously captured media item including a combination of the first content and the second content; displaying, via the display device, a representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and that does not include the second content, in accordance with a determination that automatic media correction criteria have not been met. An electronic device containing instructions.

398. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; means for receiving a request to display a representation of a previously captured media item, the representation including first content from a first portion of a field of view of one or more cameras and second content from a second portion of the field of view of the one or more cameras; In response to receiving the request to display the representation of the previously captured media item, pursuant to determining that automatic media correction criteria are satisfied, displaying via the display device a representation of the previously captured media item including a combination of the first content and the second content; displaying, via the display device, a representation of the previously captured media item that includes the first content and that does not include the second content, in accordance with a determination that automatic media correction criteria have not been met. An electronic device comprising:

399. 236. The method of any one of claims 219 to 235, wherein the adjustable controls for selecting time-based representations of the first visual media corresponding to respective times are displayed at respective positions on the display device.

400. 1. A method comprising: In an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; receiving, via the display device, a request to capture media while displaying the media capture user interface; In response to receiving the request to capture media, initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras; Detecting a movement of the electronic device at a first time after initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras; in response to detecting a movement of the electronic device at the first time after initiating capture of media; pursuant to a determination that a set of guidance criteria are satisfied, including criteria that are satisfied when the detected movement of the electronic device exceeds a movement threshold, displaying, via the display device, a visual indication of one or more differences between a pose of the electronic device when media capture was initiated and a current pose of the electronic device; ceasing to display, via the display device, the visual indication of the one or more differences between the pose of the electronic device when media capture was initiated and the current pose of the electronic device in accordance with a determination of the detected movement not satisfying the set of guidance criteria; and A method comprising:

401. the media capture user interface includes a media capture affordance; 401. The method of claim 400, wherein receiving the request to capture media includes detecting a selection of the media capture affordance.

402. Displaying the visual indication of one or more differences between the pose of the electronic device when media capture was initiated and the current pose of the electronic device may include: displaying the visual indication with a first change in appearance in accordance with determining that the pose of the electronic device has changed in a first manner; displaying the visual indication with a second change in appearance in accordance with determining that the pose of the electronic device has changed in a second manner different from the first manner; The method of claim 400 or 401, comprising:

403. Displaying the visual indication simultaneously displaying the visual indication having a visual characteristic indicative of a first difference between the pose of the electronic device when media capture was initiated and the current pose of the electronic device; displaying the visual indication having a visual characteristic indicative of a second difference between the pose of the electronic device when media capture was initiated and the current pose of the electronic device, the first difference and the second difference being different types of differences; 403. The method of any one of claims 400 to 402, comprising:

404. the visual indication includes a first portion of the visual indication representing the pose of the electronic device when media capture was initiated, and a second portion of the visual indication representing the current pose of the electronic device; 404. The method of claim 400, wherein displaying the visual indication in response to detecting movement of the electronic device at the first time after initiating media capture comprises displaying at least one of the first and second parts of the visual indication with an appearance that changes in response to a change in the pose of the electronic device after media capture has begun.

405. the visual indication includes a portion of the visual indication; 405. The method of claim 400, wherein displaying the visual indication in response to detecting movement of the electronic device at the first time after starting media capture comprises displaying the portion of the visual indication rotated a first amount, the first amount being determined based on an amount of rotation of the electronic device.

406. Detecting rotational movement of the electronic device at a second time after initiating capture of media while displaying the first amount of rotation, the rotated portion of the visual indication; and in response to detecting rotational movement of the electronic device at the second time after initiating media capture, rotating the portion of the visual indication a second amount of rotation determined based on an amount of the detected rotational movement, the second amount of rotation being different from the first amount of rotation; The method of claim 405, further comprising:

407. the visual indication includes a portion of the visual indication; 407. The method of claim 406, wherein displaying the visual indication in response to detecting movement of the electronic device at the first time after starting media capture comprises displaying the portion of the visual indication having a first amount of skew determined based on an amount of movement of the electronic device.

408. detecting a movement of the electronic device at a third time after initiating capture of media while displaying the portion distorted by the first amount of skew; displaying the portion with a second amount of skew in response to detecting movement of the electronic device at the third time after initiating capture of media, the second amount of skew being different from the first amount of skew; The method of claim 407, further comprising:

409. the visual indication includes a portion of the visual indication; 409. The method of claim 400, wherein displaying the visual indication in response to detecting movement of the electronic device at the first time after starting media capture comprises displaying the portion of the visual indication at a first position determined based on a position of the electronic device.

410. detecting translation of the electronic device at a fourth time after initiating capture of media while displaying the portion of the visual indication at the first location; In response to detecting translational movement of the electronic device at the fourth time after initiating capture of media, displaying the portion of the visual indication at a second location determined based on translational movement of the electronic device, the second location being different from the first location; 410. The method of claim 409, further comprising:

411. 411. The method of any one of claims 400 to 410, wherein the visual indication indicates a magnitude of the one or more differences.

412. At a first time when the pose of the electronic device is different from the pose of the electronic device when media capture was initiated; the visual indication includes a first portion of the visual indication displayed at a first location on the media capture user interface, the first portion representing the pose of the electronic device when media capture was initiated; 412. The method of claim 400, wherein the visual indication includes a second portion of the visual indication representing the current pose of the electronic device at a second position on the media capture user interface that is different from the first position on the media capture user interface.

413. detecting a movement of the electronic device at a fifth time after initiating capture of media after displaying the first portion of the visual indication at the first location and the second portion of the visual indication at the second location and while capturing the media; in response to detecting a movement of the electronic device at the fifth time after initiating capture of media; displaying the first portion of the visual indication at the second location on the media user interface in accordance with a determination that the one or more differences between the pose of the electronic device when media capture was initiated and the current pose of the electronic device are less than one or more threshold difference amounts, wherein the first portion of the visual indication and the second portion of the visual indication overlap one another; 413. The method of claim 412, further comprising:

414. While displaying said visual indication, a portion of the displayed visual indication does not change in response to movement of the electronic device being detected; 414. The method of any one of claims 400 to 413, wherein a portion of the displayed visual indication changes in response to movement of the electronic device being detected.

415. detecting a movement of the electronic device at a seventh time after initiating capture of media; in response to detecting a movement of the electronic device at the seventh time after initiating capture of media; ceasing display of the visual indication in accordance with a determination that the detected movement at the seventh time after initiating capture of media of the electronic device does not exceed a second movement threshold; and 415. The method of any one of claims 400 to 414, further comprising:

416. in response to detecting a movement of the electronic device at the seventh time after initiating capture of media; continuing to display the visual indication in accordance with a determination that the detected movement at the seventh time after initiating capture of media of the electronic device exceeds a second movement threshold; 416. The method of claim 415, further comprising:

417. 417. The method of any one of claims 400 to 416, wherein the set of guidance criteria includes criteria that are met when a low light mode is active.

418. 418. The method of any one of claims 400 to 417, wherein the set of guidance criteria includes criteria that are met when the electronic device is configured to capture multiple images for a capture duration that exceeds a threshold duration.

419. 419. The method of any one of claims 400 to 418, wherein the visual indication is displayed on the representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras.

420. detecting a movement of the electronic device at an eighth time after initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras; in response to detecting a movement of the electronic device at the eighth time after initiating capture of media; ceasing capture of media in accordance with a determination that the detected movement of the electronic device exceeds a second movement threshold; 420. The method of any one of claims 400 to 419, further comprising:

421. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 400 to 420.

422. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; 421. An electronic device comprising: one or more programs comprising instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 400 to 420.

423. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras and means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 400 to 420; An electronic device comprising:

424. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device comprising a display device and one or more cameras, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; receiving, via the display device, a request to capture media while displaying the media capture user interface; In response to receiving the request to capture media, initiate capturing media via the one or more cameras; Detecting a movement of the electronic device at a first time after initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras; in response to detecting a movement of the electronic device at the first time after initiating capture of media; pursuant to a determination that a set of guidance criteria are satisfied, including criteria that are satisfied when the detected movement of the electronic device exceeds a movement threshold, displaying, via the display device, a visual indication of one or more differences between a pose of the electronic device when media capture was initiated and a current pose of the electronic device; ceasing to display, via the display device, the visual indication of the one or more differences between the pose of the electronic device when media capture was initiated and the current pose of the electronic device in accordance with a determination that the detected movement does not satisfy the set of guidance criteria. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

425. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including a representation of a field of view of the one or more cameras; receiving, via the display device, a request to capture media while displaying the media capture user interface; In response to receiving the request to capture media, initiate capturing media via the one or more cameras; Detecting a movement of the electronic device at a first time after initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras; in response to detecting a movement of the electronic device at the first time after initiating capture of media; pursuant to a determination that a set of guidance criteria are satisfied, including criteria that are satisfied when the detected movement of the electronic device exceeds a movement threshold, displaying, via the display device, a visual indication of one or more differences between a pose of the electronic device when media capture was initiated and a current pose of the electronic device; ceasing to display, via the display device, the visual indication of the one or more differences between the pose of the electronic device when media capture was initiated and the current pose of the electronic device in accordance with a determination that the detected movement does not satisfy the set of guidance criteria. An electronic device containing instructions.

426. 1. An electronic device comprising: A display device; one or more cameras; means for displaying, via the display device, a media capture user interface including a representation of the field of view of the one or more cameras; means for receiving, via the display device, a request to capture media while displaying the media capture user interface; means for initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras in response to receiving the request to capture media; means for detecting movement of the electronic device at a first time after initiating capture of media via the one or more cameras; in response to detecting a movement of the electronic device at the first time after initiating capture of media; pursuant to a determination that a set of guidance criteria are satisfied, including criteria that are satisfied when the detected movement of the electronic device exceeds a movement threshold, displaying, via the display device, a visual indication of one or more differences between a pose of the electronic device when media capture was initiated and a current pose of the electronic device; ceasing to display, via the display device, the visual indication of the one or more differences between the pose of the electronic device when media capture was initiated and the current pose of the electronic device in accordance with a determination that the detected movement does not satisfy the set of guidance criteria. Means and An electronic device comprising:

427. 1. A method comprising:

1. A computer system having one or more cameras in communication with one or more display devices and one or more input devices, displaying a camera user interface having a camera preview for capturing media at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a selectable user interface object for changing the zoom level; detecting, while displaying the camera user interface, an input corresponding to a selection of the selectable user interface object; in response to detecting the input corresponding to a selection of the selectable user interface object; changing the zoom level to a second zoom level and enabling a low-light capture mode in accordance with determining that the available light is below a threshold; changing the zoom level without enabling the low light capture mode in accordance with determining that the available light is above the threshold; and A method comprising:

428. the camera user interface includes a selectable user interface object for capturing media; while the camera preview is displayed at the first zoom level and pursuant to a determination that the available light is below the threshold, the selectable user interface object for capturing media is disabled; 428. The method of claim 427, wherein the selectable user interface object for capturing media is enabled while the camera preview is displayed at the first zoom level and in accordance with a determination that the available light exceeds the threshold.

429. In accordance with the determination that the selectable user interface object for capturing media is disabled, the selectable user interface object for capturing media is displayed with a first visual appearance; 429. The method of claim 428, wherein, in accordance with the determination that the selectable user interface object for capturing media is enabled, the selectable user interface object for capturing media is displayed with a second visual appearance that is different from the first visual appearance.

430. the camera user interface includes a selectable user interface object for capturing media; 430. The method of any one of claims 427 to 429, wherein while the camera preview is displayed at the second zoom level, the selectable user interface object for capturing media is enabled regardless of whether the available light exceeds the threshold.

431. while the camera preview is displayed at the first zoom level and in accordance with a determination that the available light is below the threshold, displaying guidance for switching the zoom level; 431. The method of any one of claims 427 to 430, further comprising:

432. ceasing to display guidance for switching zoom levels while the camera preview is displayed at the second zoom level, regardless of whether the amount of available light exceeds the threshold; 432. The method of any one of claims 427 to 431, further comprising:

433. displaying guidance to enable a flash mode while the camera preview is displayed at the first zoom level and pursuant to a determination that the available light is below the threshold; 433. The method of any one of claims 427 to 432, further comprising:

434. 434. The method of any one of claims 427 to 433, wherein the first zoom level is higher than the second zoom level.

435. the computer system includes one or more depth sensors; while the camera preview is displayed at the first zoom level and in accordance with a determination that the available light is below a threshold, the one or more depth sensors enable a determination of depth information regarding a field of view of the one or more cameras at the first zoom level with a first accuracy; 435. The method of any one of claims 427 to 434, wherein while the camera preview is displayed at the second zoom level and in accordance with a determination that the available light is below a threshold, the one or more depth sensors enable the determination of depth information regarding the field of view of the one or more cameras at the second zoom level with a second accuracy higher than the first accuracy.

436. 436. The method of any one of claims 427 to 435, wherein while the camera preview is displayed at the first zoom level and pursuant to a determination that the available light falls below the threshold, the selectable user interface object for changing the zoom level includes an indication corresponding to a low-light capture mode.

437. 437. The method of any one of claims 427 to 436, wherein the selectable user interface object for changing the zoom level while the camera preview is displayed at the second zoom level does not include an indication corresponding to the low-light capture mode, regardless of whether the amount of available light exceeds the threshold.

438. receiving a request to capture media while a low-light capture mode is enabled; In response to receiving the request to capture media, initiating the capture of a plurality of images over a capture duration; generating a composite image including content of at least some of the plurality of images after initiating capture of the plurality of images over the capture duration, the composite image being visually brighter than one or more of the plurality of images; 438. The method of any one of claims 427 to 437, further comprising:

439. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system having one or more cameras, the computer system in communication with one or more display devices and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 427 to 438.

440. 1. A computer system comprising: one or more cameras, wherein the computer system is in communication with one or more display devices and one or more input devices; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs contain instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 427 to 438. Computer system.

441. 1. A computer system comprising: one or more cameras, wherein the computer system is in communication with one or more display devices and one or more input devices; and means for performing the method of any one of claims 427 to 438; A computer system comprising:

442. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system having one or more cameras, the computer system communicating with one or more display devices and one or more input devices, the one or more programs comprising: displaying a camera user interface having a camera preview for capturing media at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including selectable user interface objects for changing the zoom level; detecting input corresponding to a selection of the selectable user interface object while displaying the camera user interface; in response to detecting the input corresponding to a selection of the selectable user interface object; pursuant to determining that the available light is below a threshold, changing the zoom level to a second zoom level and enabling a low-light capture mode; and changing the zoom level without enabling the low-light capture mode in accordance with a determination that the available light is above the threshold. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium containing instructions.

443. 1. A computer system comprising: one or more cameras, wherein the computer system is in communication with one or more display devices and one or more input devices; one or more processors; a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors; wherein the one or more programs are displaying a camera user interface having a camera preview for capturing media at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including selectable user interface objects for changing the zoom level; detecting input corresponding to a selection of the selectable user interface object while displaying the camera user interface; in response to detecting the input corresponding to a selection of the selectable user interface object; pursuant to determining that the available light is below a threshold, changing the zoom level to a second zoom level and enabling a low-light capture mode; and changing the zoom level without enabling the low-light capture mode in accordance with a determination that the available light is above the threshold. Including instructions, Computer system.

444. 1. A computer system comprising: one or more cameras, wherein the computer system is in communication with one or more display devices and one or more input devices; means for displaying a camera user interface having a camera preview for capturing media at a first zoom level, the camera user interface including a selectable user interface object for changing the zoom level; means for detecting input corresponding to a selection of the selectable user interface object while displaying the camera user interface; in response to detecting the input corresponding to a selection of the selectable user interface object; means for changing the zoom level to a second zoom level in accordance with determining that available light is below a threshold; and means for enabling a low light capture mode. changing the zoom level without enabling the low light capture mode in accordance with determining that the available light is above the threshold; and A computer system comprising:

Images